atoll research bulletin - university of...

ATOLL RESEARCH BULLETIN NO. 191

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE NATURAL HISTORY OF THE BAHAMA ISLANDS

by William T. Gillis, Roger Byrne, and Wyman Harrison

Issued by THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION

Washington, D.C., U.S.A.

August 20,1975

ACKNOWLEDGMENT

The A to l l Research Bul le t in is issued by the Smithsonian I n s t i t u t i o n a s a pa r t of i t s Tropical Biology Program. It i s sponsored by t he National Museum of Natural History, with the production and d i s t r i bu t i on handled by t he Smithsonian Press. The ed i t i ng is done by the Tropical Biology s t a f f , Botany Department, Museum of Natural History.

The Bul le t in was founded and the f i r s t 117 numbers issued by t h e Pac i f i c Science Board, National Academy of Sciences, with f i nanc i a l support from the Office of Naval Research. Its pages were l a rge ly devoted t o repor t s r e su l t i ng from the Pac i f i c Science Board's Coral Ato l l Program.

The s o l e respons ib i l i ty f o r a l l s tatements made by authors of papers i n t he Atol l Research Bul le t in rests with them, and statements made i n t he Bul le t in do not necessar i ly represent the views of t he Smithsonian nor those of t h e ed i t o r s of the Bul le t in .

Editors

F. R. Fosberg M.-H. Sachet

Smithsonian I n s t i t u t i o n Washington, D.C. 20560

D. R. Stoddart

Department of Geography Universi ty of Cambridge Downing Place Cambridge, England

C O N T E N T S

Introduction

Page

1

Bahama literature

Guide to abbreviations used in literature citations

Anthropology

Botany (including Bacteria, Fungi, and General Agriculture)

Climate and Meteorology

Entomology and Arachnology

Folklore

Geology, Geophysics, and Geodesy

Herpetology

Ichthyology

Geography

Mammalogy (including Sea Mammals)

Medicine, Human and Veterinary, and Public Health

General Natural History, including Reports and Semi-Popular Accounts

Ornithology

Oceanography

Tourist items related to Natural History

Paleontology

Soil Science

Turks and Caicos Islands

Novels and Other Stories with Mention of Natural History

Industries Based on Natural Resources

Y. Malacology

Z. Zoology, General and Miscellaneous Invertebrate

Fig. l - Map of the Bahama Islands and Turks and Caicos Islands, including parts of South Florida and the Greater Antilles. Fine lines outline land masses of today. Heavy lines outline Pleistocene land masses at low water levels of 11,000 years B.P. and are drawn to -50 fathom contour. These are present- day Banks. Note Banks to the east of present-day islands, no longer above water.Map synthesized from several sources by Shari L. Trautz.

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE NATURAL HISTORY

OF THE BAHAMA ISLANDS

by William T. Gillis ' Roger ~ y r n e ? and Wyrnan Harrison 3

INTRODUCTION

This bibliography has been compiled as a project adjunct to the preparation of a new vascular flora of the Bahamas and Turks and Caicos Islands by the first author. In an attempt to understand the distribu- tional patterns of organisms as related to the geological history of the Bahama Platform, notes were recorded from various publications dealing with the natural history of the Bahama ~slands.~ Portions of this bibliography are thus the result of such study of the biogeography of this region. The second and third authors had independently compiled a Bahama bibliography published in part by Fang and Harrison (1972). This work had resulted from dissertation research by Byrne on recent vegetational change in the eastern Bahamas. Harrison had been working on geological and geomorphological problems in the northern islands. At a late stage of compilation, we proposed to co-operate and pool our resources. This paper is the result. Compilation efforts ceased on 15 March 1974.

'~rnold Arboretum of Harvard University, 22 Divinity Ave . , Cambridge, MA 02138 and Dept. of Biology, University of Miami, Coral Gables, FL 33124, U.S.A. Present address: Biology Dept., Hope College, Holland, MI 49423, U.S.A.

'~e~t. of Geography, University of California, Berkeley, CA 94720, U.S.A. 3 Erindale college, University of Toronto, 3359 Mississauga Road, Toronto, Ontario, Canada. Present address: Great Lakes Program, Energy and Environmental Systems Division, Argonne National Laboratory, 9700 South Cass Ave., Argonne, IL 60439, U.S.A.

4 ~ e construe the term "Bahamastt to signify the entire archipelago including both the Commonwealth of the Bahamas and the Crown Colony of the Turks and Caicos Islands.

(Manuscript received July 1974--Eds.)

Three o the r b ib l iographies of t h e n a t u r a l h i s t o r y of the Bahamas were of value i n at tempting t o draw up as exhaust ive a bibl iography as poss ib le . The work was g r e a t l y a s s i s t e d by t h e Land Resource Bibliog- raphy No. 1, Bahamas, which was compiled i n i t i a l l y by N . W . Posnett (1968) and-later revised by Posnett and P. M. Re i l ly (1971) f o r the Land Resources Division, Foreign and Commonwealth Of f i ce , Overseas Development Administration i n Tolworth, Surrey. Their b ib l iograph ies were intended as references f o r those working with land resource su r - veys. They were e s s e n t i a l l y "in-house documents11 designed f o r use on surveys of n a t u r a l resources . A number of e n t r i e s a r e conf iden t i a l and not a v a i l a b l e t o the publ ic ; o the r s a r e of a na ture t o have been mimeographed and d i s t r i b u t e d "in house," again not genera l ly a v a i l a b l e t o t h e s c i e n t i f i c community. Such e n t r i e s have not been repeated he re in . With permission of Messrs. Posnet t and Re i l ly and t h e i r col leagues, we have ex t rac ted items from t h e i r b ib l iographies i n compiling t h i s one. We owe ext raordinary thanks t o them f o r t h e i r co-operation and permis- s ion t o use t h e i r mater ia l he re in .

Boersma (1968) and Fang and Harrison (1972) were most exce l l en t resources add i t iona l t o those a l ready a t hand. The former l is ts a number of references d i f f i c u l t t o f i n d , f o r ins t ance , those of the United S t a t e s Naval Underwater Ordnance S t a t i o n , the United S t a t e s Naval Oceanographic Off ice , and t h e United S t a t e s Naval Research Lab. I t i s un l ike ly t h a t these w i l l be easy t o ob ta in through any but t h e most spec ia l i zed l i b r a r i e s o r from t h e publ ishers .

Unpublished r e p o r t s were no t repeated he re in because of t h e f u t i l - i t y i n t r y i n g t o ob ta in them f o r reference . The b ib l iographies c i t e d above should be consulted f o r such e n t r i e s . Theses and d i s s e r t a t i o n s , on t h e o the r hand, have been included because of t h e i r being genera l ly ava i l ab le e i t h e r on i n t e r - l i b r a r y loan from t h e Universi ty l i b r a r i e s where they a r e deposi ted, o r on microfilm from Universi ty Microfilms, North Zeeb Road, Ann Arbor, Michigan 48103, U.S.A.

Items have been included only i f t h e region con,cerned i s s p e c i f i - c a l l y mentioned. For papers deal ing with nearby Flor ida o r f o r general works on t h e top ics mentioned, consul t Boersma (1968). No attempt has been made t o include a l l monographs w r i t t e n about organisms t h a t happen t o have one o r more members inhab i t ing t h e Bahamas. One exception i s t h a t a s p e c i a l attempt was made t o search f o r references deal ing with i n s e c t s and arachnids because of t h e small number of references i n t h i s a rea . On t h e o t h e r hand, such po l i cy was n o t followed f o r such groups as vascular p l a n t s . The recen t paper by G i l l i s (1974) has surveyed botanica l l i t e r a t u r e f o r monographic s t u d i e s of Bahama vascular p l a n t s . The i n t e r e s t e d person i s r e f e r r e d t o t h i s paper i n Rhodora; i t s r a t h e r extensive bibl iography is no t repeated he re in .

Searches were made through indexing pe r iod ica l s such as Zoological Record, t h e Bibliography of North American Geology, Applied Science and Technology Index (1970-72), Abstracts o f North American Geology, Abstracts o f Entomology, Entomology Abst rac ts , Aquatic Biology Abst rac ts , Aquatic Sciences and F i she r i e s Abst rac ts , Biological Abstracts

(1969 - 15 March 1973), Blackwelder's Guide t o t h e Taxonomic L i t e r a t u r e of Ver tebra tes , Engineering S o c i e t i e s Library , Engineering Index v i a OLE (on- l ine s e r v i c e prepared by t h e National Science Library , 1972-73), Science C i t a t i o n Index, and t h e index i s s u e s (where ava i l ab le ) of jour- n a l s l i k e l y t o con ta in r e sea rch papers on t h e Bahamas. A MEDLARS search was made by Countway Library, Harvard.Medica1 School, f o r papers dea l ing with t h i s reg ion .

The f i rs t author sys t ema t i ca l ly checked journa ls whose s u b j e c t mat te r dea l s with t h e Bahamas. Then he examined the "L i t e ra tu re c i t e d " o r "Bibliography" s e c t i o n f o r each paper of concern leading t o addi- t i o n a l r e fe rences . Undoubtedly t h e r e a r e omissions, b u t we admit t o having had t h e b e n e f i t of t h e f o u r previous b ib l iog raph ies . Indiv iduals who have given us re ferences a r e t o o numerous t o mention by name. Of s p e c i a l a s s i s t a n c e were col leagues i n va r ious departments of Harvard Univers i ty and o t h e r n a t u r a l i s t s whose work involves t h e Bahamas.

We should l i k e t o acknowledge wi th g r a t e f u l apprec ia t ion the follow- ing persons who a s s i s t e d us f a r beyond t h e usual expecta t ions f o r l i b r a r - i a n s : Mrs. P a t r i c i a Hal l and h e r s t a f f a t t h e L ib ra r i e s of t h e Harvard Universi ty Herbaria; Mrs. Ruth H i l l and h e r s t a f f a t t h e Library of t h e Museum of Comparative Zoology a t Harvard; Mrs. Lorraine Spencer Garry o f t h e Science and Medicine Library of t h e Univers i ty o f Toronto Library; Mrs. Glenn White of t h e National Agr i cu l tu ra l Library, Bethesda, Mary- land; Miss P h y l l i s Edwards and h e r s t a f f a t t h e Botany Department of t h e B r i t i s h Museum (Natural History) , London; Messrs . R. Desmond and D. V. Wilson and t h e i r s t a f f a t t h e Library o f t h e Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew; Miss I sabe l Hamilton o f t h e Nassau Publ ic Library; and Mrs. D. Gail Saunders of t h e Department of Publ ic Records, Minis t ry o f Education and Cul ture , Nassau. Other l i b r a r i e s of s p e c i a l va lue t o us were those o f t h e Marine Bio logica l Laboratory, Woods Hole, Massachusetts, t h e New York Publ ic Library, and t h e Widener Library of Harvard Univers i ty . We a r e deeply g r a t e f u l t o Mrs. Alan Kindig f o r typing f i n a l copy of t h e manu- s c r i p t .

F i n a l l y and most impor tant ly , we should l i k e t o acknowledge a gen- erous anonymous g r a n t t o t h e Arnold Arboretum o f Harvard Univers i ty under whose auspices t h i s work was compiled. A f u r t h e r g i f t t o t h e Arboretum from Mrs. Charles S. Bird of Eas t Walpole,. Massachusetts has made it p o s s i b l e t o d i s t r i b u t e t h i s b ib l iography more widely.

The continuing a s s i s t a n c e and co-operat ion of our f r i e n d s i n t h e governments o f t he Commonwe,alth o f t h e Bahamas and o f t h e Turks and Caicos I s l ands have made i t poss ib l e t o have access t o much information. We e s p e c i a l l y acknowledge M r . O r i s S. Russe l l , O.B.E . Permanent Sec re t a ry o f Externa l Af fa i r s (formerly Permanent Sec re t a ry of Agr icul ture and F i she r i e s ) and t o M r . Claude E . M. Smith, cu r ren t D i rec to r of Agr icul ture and F i s h e r i e s , government o f t h e Bahamas..

BAHAMA LITERATURE

Some journals involved i n t h e Bahama l i t e r a t u r e a r e unique. The Journal of t h e Bahama Socie ty f o r the Diffusion of Knowledge appeared i n 20 i s sues between 1835 and 1837, published apparently i n Nassau. The parent s o c i e t y was e n t i t l e d the Bahama Socie ty f o r t h e Diffusion o f Useful Knowledge, but t h e word "Useful" was dropped from the t i t l e of i t s journal . Most of t h e a r t i c l e s were published without a by-l ine; furthermore, no e d i t o r was ever indica ted i n published l ists of o f f i c e r s . A s a consequence, we c i t e such e n t r i e s under uAnonymous" a t the beginning of each a lphabe t i ca l l i s t i n g . Ccmplete copies of t h i s journal a r e r a r e ; the only Western Hemisphere copies we know of a r e a t t h e Library o f Congress, t h e Harvard Univers i ty Herbaria L ib ra r i e s , t h e Department of Publ ic Records (Archives) i n Nassau, and i n our personal c o l l e c t i o n s Can incomplete copy e x i s t s a t the Nassau Publ ic Library) . A l l bu t one o f these was deposi ted i n i t s r e spec t ive l i b r a r y as a r e s u l t of t h e compilation o f t h i s bibl iography.

The Bahamian government i t s e l f occas ional ly i ssued r e p o r t s t h a t had a li.mited c i r c u l a t i o n . There was the Bu l l e t in of t h e Agr icul tura l Depart- -- ment, Bahamas, e d i t e d by W . Munro Cunningham. Vol. I , No. 1 appeared i n January 1906. Af ter t h a t it was p r in ted more o r l e s s on a monthly b a s i s u n t i l a t l e a s t March 1910 (Vol. V, No. 1 ) . A s e t i s on f i l e a t the Library of t h e Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew.

There was once a l s o the Communications -- of t h e Nassau Agr icu l tu ra l Socie ty , a l o y a l i s t pub l i ca t ion which was i ssued on an i r r e g u l a r b a s i s around 1801-2. I n e f f e c t , it was the predecessor of the Journal of the Socie ty f o r the Diffusion of Knowledge and t h e Bu l l e t in of t h e Agricul- t u r a l Department, Bahamas. The only copy we know of ex tan t and complete i s i n t h e B r i t i s h Museum (Natural His tory) .

Charles Johnson Maynard of Newton, Massachusetts i ssued two journals p r i v a t e l y , t h e contents o f which d e a l t c h i e f l y with h i s researches i n the Bahamas. These a r e t h e nea res t we have eve r come t o f ind ing one-man pub- l i s h i n g ventures . According t o l o c a l s t o r i e s , the only cont r ibut ion t o the journal n o t made by Maynard himself was the paper on which he p r in ted . He wrote most o f the cont r ibuted a r t i c l e s , made the ink , and p r in ted copies h imsel f . One of ' t hese journals i s Contributions t o sc ience (1889-96) , e s p e c i a l l y noted f o r h i s monographic study o f 7 h e land s n a i l genera Cerion and St rophia . Contr ibutions t o Science l a s t e d f o r 3 volumes. The o t h e r journal was t h e Record of E l k s and Talks with Nature ----- (1908-20), which l a s t e d f o r 12 volumes. Copies of both journals , espe- c i a l l y t h e l a t t e r , a r e r a r e (see a l s o Batchelder, 1951).

During t h e l a t t e r years (1969-70) i n which Bahama Airways was t h e f l a g c a r r i e r of t h e Bahamas, an i n - f l i g h t magazine "Flamingo" was a v a i l - ab le i n the s e a t pocket f o r passengers t o read. A number of quasi na t - u r a l h i s t o r y a r t i c l e s appeared. Because of d i f f i c u l t y i n t h e r eader ' s attempt t o r e t r i e v e copies of t h i s magadine through t h e usual l i b r a r y channels, i t s contents a r e n o t indexed here in . S imi lar ly , Clipper Magazine, t h e i n - f l i g h t magazine of Pan American World Airways

(Vol. 9 , No. 6 f o r December 1969-January 1970) contains a r t i c l e s on the Bahamas. The same i s t r u e f o r most of the contents of Bahamian Review Magazine, a commercial tou r i s t -o r i en ted propaganda magazine c u r r e n t l y avai lable .5 In the l a t e 1940's and e a r l y 19501s, another magazine of the same type, Nassau, Magazine -- of the Bahamas had a b r i e f exis tence . The ephemeral Canada-West Indies Magazine had a Bahamas-emphasis i s s u e i n 1945. Because of the only per iphera l r e l a t i o n of any of the a r t i c l e s t o n a t u r a l h i s t o r y , they have no t been indexed here in .

Of g rea te r va lue , bu t of g r e a t s c a r c i t y i n l i b r a r i e s , a r e the Colonial Reports made p e r i o d i c a l l y t o the B r i t i s h Colonial Office by o f f i c i a l s s t a t i o n e d i n the colonies . Attention is c a l l e d t o them as a whole f o r the information they contain on the na tu ra l h i s t o r y and indus- t r y of the region, but none i s indexed here in . The Nassau Guardian, d a i l y newspaper i ssued i n Nassau, has published a number of documents r e l a t e d t o the I s l ands , t h e i r h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c s , and resources. A l i s t of such documents was compiled by the Guardian i n 1910, but such documents - - those i ssued both before and s ince t h a t da te - - a r e ava i l ab le i n few l i b r a r i e s ou t s ide the Bahamas. The Guardian has played a more l a s t i n g r o l e i n n a t u r a l h i s t o r y . For more than 15 years , Mrs. Les l ie (Helen Burns) Higgs has cont r ibuted a column t o the Guardian every Thursday r e l a t i n g t o p l a n t s , gardening, and a g r i c u l t u r e . In add i t ion , f o r the p a s t yea r , the f i r s t author (W. T. G i l l i s ) has cont r ibuted a monthly column t o Conch News, weekly newspaper of the Turks and Caicos -- I s l ands . This deals with na t ive p l a n t s . In the 19601s, M r . Nixon Smiley of Miami, F lo r ida cont r ibuted .a l a rge number of a r t i c l e s on the Bahamas i n h i s f ea tu red column i n the Miami Herald. None of these newspaper r epor t s i s indexed he re in .

For ease of reference , e n t r i e s a r e categorized by sub jec t matter . Where the content of a reference r e l a t e s t o more than one area of i n t e r - e s t , it i s repeated i n these severa l a reas . For example,

Rosgn, Ni l s . 1911. Contribution t o the fauna o f the Bahamas I . A general account of the fauna, with remarks on the physiography of the i s l a n d s . 11. The Rept i les . 111. The f i s h e s . Lunds Univ. Wrssk. N.F. Afd. 2, Bd. 7 (5 ) : 3-72 i s indexed under G , - - - - f l y I, N, and Z - (Categories i d e n t i f i e d below) .

Various references deal ing with oceanography and marine geology completely overlap these two r e l a t e d f i e l d s , s o they a r e included under both ca tegor ies . Based on the compilers ' judgment, we may have omitted s a l i e n t papers from one o r another of these ca tegor ies . Hence, both G - Geology, Geodesy, - and Geophysics and - Oceanography should be consuited t o r re-ferences i n t h e s e a reas . ~ e n e r a l l y speaking, papers deal ing with p roper t i e s o f t h e water and s e a bottom a r e included under F'; those deal ing with compaction and acc re t ion i n t o rock a r e under c. There i s some overlap s i m i l a r l y with G - - Geology, Geodesy, - - and ~ e o p F y s i c s and K - Geography. -

'P .o. Box N-494, Nassau, N.P. Bahamas.

Somewhat over 90% o f t h e published r e fe rences have been examined pe r sona l ly and the pagina t ion v e r i f i e d , e s p e c i a l l y a g a i n s t c i t a t i o n s i n o t h e r l i s t i n g s . Unless an author i s named, a paper i s l i s t e d as. "Anony- mous." Agencies a r e considered t o be pub l i she r s , no t au thors . Because of t h e small number o f published works on t h e Turks and Caicos I s l ands gene ra l ly , we have indexed such items both wi th t h e i r r e l a t e d d i s c i p l i n e s and a l s o s e p a r a t e l y under - T. -

Topics follow a l p h a b e t i c a l l y according t o t h e i r content : (This i s t h e sequence of l i s t i n g i n t h e bibl iography)

A - Anthropology, inc luding archaeology and h i s t o r y B - Botany, i nc lud ing fungi , b a c t e r i a , and a g r i c u l t u r e C - Climate and meteorology E - Entomology and Arachnology F - Folklore dea l ing wi th n a t u r a l h i s t o r y G - Geology, i nc lud ing Geodesy and Geophysics H - Herpetology I - Ichthyology K - Geography L - Mammalogy M - Medicine, both Human and Veter inary , inc luding Pub l i c Heal th N - General n a t u r a l h i s t o r y , i nc lud ing semi-popular accounts 0 - Ornithology P - Oceanography Q - T o u r i s t infoTmation r e l a t e d t o n a t u r a l h i s t o r y R - Paleontology S - S o i l sc ience T - Turks and Caicos I s l ands W - Novels and o t h e r s t o r i e s with mention o f n a t u r a l h i s t o r y X - I n d u s t r i e s based on n a t u r a l resources Y - Malacology Z - Zoology, genera l and i n v e r t e b r a t e

GUIDE TO ABBREVIATIONS USED IN LITERATURE CITATIONS

Abhand . Abst. Acad. Adv . Afd. Afr . Alum. Ag. Anat. Ann. An throp . Antiq. A P P ~ . Arbor. Arch.

Abhandlungen Abst rac t ( s ) Academy, Academic, Acadgmie Advancement Afhandlingar African, Af r i ca in (e) Alumni Agr i cu l tu re , Agr i cu l tu ra l Anatomi ca1 Annual, Annals, Annales Anthropologist , Anthropology Ant iqui ty Applied, App l i c a t a Arboretum Archives

Ark. i r s s k . ASB Assn. A s t ron . Bd. Berl , Bib 1 . Bibl io th . ~ l a t t . Boll . Bot. Bras i l . B r i t . Bull . Bus.

C a l i f . Can. Carib. Chem. Chron . Circ. Civ. Col . Coll . Comm . comp . Conf. Cong . Cons. Contr . Cosmochim. C . R .

Arkiv i r s s k r i f t Association of Southeastern Biologists Association Astronomy

Board, Band Berl in Bibliography ~ i b l i o t h z q u e , Bibliothek latter Bol le t t ino Botany, Botanical, Botanische, Botanique Bras i l e i ra Br i t i sh Bul le t in Business

Cal i fornia Canadian Caribbean Chemical Chronic Circular Civ i l Colonial Collect ion(s) Commjssion Comparative Conference Congress Conservation, Conservatoire Contributions Cosmochimica C omp t e s Rendus

Dep t . Department, Departemento Diff . Diffusion D i s . Diseases Diss . Disser ta t ion Div. Division

Ecol. E con. Ed. Eng . Engin. Ent . Env . Epidem. Even. Exch .

Ecological E c onomi c Education England Engineering Entomology, Entomological Environmental Epidemiology Evening Exchange

Exped.

F 1 . Found. F r . Gard . Gart . Geochim. Geof. Geogr . Geol. Geophy . Gesam. Gesell.

Helv. Herb. His t . HMSO Hort . Hydrobiol.

Ind . Ins t . I n t . I s .

J . Jahrb .

Lab. Lepid. Limn01 . Linn . Lyc . Mag. Malac. Ma1 ak . Mamm. Mar. Mass . Med . Mem . Meteor01 . Micro. Mid1 . Mineral.

Expedition

Flora Foundat ion Fransais (e)

Garden, Gardeners Garten Geochimi ca Geofisica Geography, Geographical, Geographic Geology, Geological, Geologists, Geologicae Geophysical, Geophysics Gesamten Gesellschaft (en)

He l v e t i cae Herbarum, Herbarium, Herbier History, His tor ia Her (His) Majesty's Sta t ionery Office Horticulture, Hort icul tura l Hydrobiologie

Indus t r i a l , Industr ies I n s t i t u t e , I n s t i t u to , I n s t i t u t i on Internat ional Island(s)

Journa 1 ~ahrbi icher

Knowledge K'dniglich

Laboratory Lepidoptera, Lepidopterists Limnological Linnaean Lyceum

Magazine Malacological Malakozoologische Mammal o gy Marine Massachusetts Medical, Medicine Memoir (s) , Memorias Meteorologische, Meteorological Microscopical Mid1 and Mineralogists, Mineralogische

M. I .T. Misc. Mus . Monatsch . Monog . Mycol . Mycopath.

Massachusetts Institute of Technology Miscellaneous Museum, ~us6um Monats chri ft Monograph (s ) Mycologia Mycopathologia

Nat . Natl. Naturgesch. Naturw . Neerl . Nor. Not. Noti z. Nov . N .S. N.Y. N.Z.

dbs. Occ. Oceanog . Off. Ord . Ort.

Paleont . Parasit. Petrol. Pharm . Phi 1. Phila. Polit. Preserv . Proc . Prof. Protistenk . Protozool. Psych. Pub.

Quart.

Rec . Ref. Reg. Rept . Repert. Res . Rev.

Natural, Naturalist, Naturae National Naturgeschichte Naturwissenschaftliche Neerlandis che , ~6erlandais Norvegica Notul ae Notizblatt Novi tates New series, Nouveau ~6rie New York . New Zealand

Observatory Occasional Oceanographic Office, Official Ordnance Orto

o ale ontology Parasitology, Parasitological Petrology, Petroleum

' Pharmacologi cal Phi losophi cal Phi ladelphi a Political Preservation Proceedings Professional Protistenkunde Protozoological Psychology Public, Publication (s) , Publicazioni

Quarterly

Record(s) , Recuei 1 Reference Re gnum Rep or t Repertorium Research Review, Revue, Revista

Roy.

S a t . S c i . SE Sed. S e r . , SBr. Serv. soc . SP Spec. S t a t . S taz . Stud. Surv . symp . Tech. Tidsskr. Trans. Trav . Trop . Underw . U.S. U.S.G.P.O. Univ . U.S.G.S. U.S.D.A.

Veg . Vet. Vol . Wash. W.I. Wiss . Yearb.

Zei ts ch . zoo1 .

Royal

Saturday Science, S c i e n t i f i c , Sc ien t i f ique Southeas t e r n Sedimentary Ser ies , S6r ie S e m i ce Society, ~ o c i 6 t 6 , Societad, Sociological Species, Specierum Special S t a t i s t i c a l Stazione Studies Survey Symposium

Technical T i d s s k r i f t Transactions Travaux Tropical

Underwater United S t a t e s (of America) United S t a t e s Government Pr in t ing Off ice Universi ty, Universidad, Univers i tg t United S t a t e s Geological Survey United S t a t e s Department o f Agriculture

Vegetabi l e Veterinary Vo l m e

Washington West Indies Wissenschaften

Yearbook

Z e i t s c h r i f t Zoology, Zoologische

LITE RATURE CITED IN INTRODUCTION

Batchelder, C. F . 1951. A bibl iography o f the published wri t ings o f char les Johnson Maynard (1845-1929). J. Soc. Bibl . Nat. H i s t . 2 (7) : 227-260.

Boersma, Anne. 1968. Bibliography on the Bahama Is lands . M.I.T. Exp. Astron. I s h . Rept. No. RN-37. 60 pp.

Fang, Carol and W . Harrison. 1972. Bahamas Bibliography. A l i s t of c i t a t i o n s f o r s c i e n t i f i c , engineering and h i s t o r i c a l a r t i c l e s pe r t a in ing t o the Bahama Is lands . Spec. S c i . Rept. No. 56. Virgin ia I n s t . Mar. S c i . , Gloucester Po in t , Virg in ia 23062.

\

Gillis, William T. 1974. Name changes f o r t h e seed p lan t s i n t h e Bahama f l o r a . Rhodora 76: 67-138.

Posnett , N . W . 1968. Land resource bibl iography No. 1, Bahamas. Land Resources Division, Direc tora te of Overseas Surveys, Tolworth, Surrey.

---------- and P . M . Re i l ly . 1971. Land resource bibl iography. I . Bahamas. Land Resources Division, Foreign and Commonwealth Off ice , Overseas Development Administration. London.

A . ANTHROPOLOGY, ARCHAEOLOGY, AND HISTORY

Anonymous. 1970. Commonwealth of t he Bahamas. S t a t i s t i c a l Abstract. Dept. of S t a t i s t i c s , Cabinet Office. Nassau, Bahamas. 211 pp.

Anson, Peter F. 1957. The hermit of Cat Island: the l i f e of Fra Jerome Hawkes. P. J . Kennedy. New York, N . Y . 286 pp.

Bain, G. L . 1959. The e a r l y h i s t o ry of t he Bahama Islands t o 1730. M .A. t h e s i s . University of London.

Bethel, Arnold Talbot. 1914. The e a r l y s e t t l e r s of the Bahama Is lands . A. B. Vance. Jacksonvi l le , Florida. 116 pp.

Beven, Kathy Sue, ed. 1972. Cul tura l anthropology survey of San Salvador Is land, t he Bahamas. College Center of the Finger Lakes, Corning, N. Y . 164 pp.

Booy, Theodore de. 1912. Lucayan remains on the Caicos Is lands . Amer. Anthrop. 14: 81-105.

---------- 1913. Lucayan a r t i f a c t s from the Bahamas. h e r . Anthrop. 15: 1-7. [Contr. Heye Mus. No. 1 ) .

---------- 1919. On the p o s s i b i l i t y of determining the first. land- f a l l o f Columbus by archeological research. Hispanic Amer. H i s t . Rev. 2: 55-61.

Bradley, Wendell P. 1969. They l i v e by t h e wind. Pa r t 4 - The fishermen of the Bahamas. Alfred A. Knopf, Inc. New York, N . Y . PP. 211-267.

Brooks, W . K . 1889. On the Lucayan Indians. Natl. Acad. Sc i . Mem. 4: 213-222 + 12 p l . (Art. X).

Bullen, Ripley P. 1959. S imi l a r i t i e s i n pot tery decoration from Florida, Cuba, and t he Bahamas. 33rd I n t . Cong. Americanists 2: 107-110.

Byme, Anthony Roger. 1972. Man and the var iab le vu lnerab i l i ty of i s l and l i f e : a study of recent vegetat ion change, in t he Bahamas. Unpublished d i s s e r t a t i on , University of Wisconsin, Dept. of Geography. 311 pp.

---------- 1973. Man and the var iab le vu lnerab i l i ty of i s l and l i f e : a study of recent vegetat ion change i n the Bahamas. Dissert. Abstr. 33 [ l l ) : 2 pp.

Byrne, Anthony Roger and John C . Munday, Jr . 1972. Photodensi ty and the impact of s h i f t i n g a g r i c u l t u r e on s u b t r o p i c a l vege ta t ion : a case s tudy i n the Bahamas. Proc. 8 th I n t . Symp. remote sens ing of environment, 2-6 Oct. 1972. No. 195600-1-X. Env. Res. I n s t . Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan.. pp. 1311-1326.

Churton, Edward Townson (Bishop). 1887. The i s l a n d missionary of t h e Bahamas. P r a c t i c a l addresses and n o t e s ; . i n t e n d e d c h i e f l y f o r ordinands. J . Masters and Co., London. 108 pp. 1888 - 2nd ed . The i s l a n d missionary of t h e Bahamas. A manual of i n s t r u c t i o n and r o u t i n e . J. Masters and Co. London. 128 pp.

Clavel , M . 1904. Items of f o l k - l o r e from Bahama Negroes. J . h e r . Folk-lore 17: 36-38.

Craton, Michael. 1962. A h i s t o r y of t h e Bahamas. Co l l in s . London. 320 pp. 1968. Second ed . Co l l in s . London. 320 pp.

Crowley, Daniel J . 1958-59. L1h6r i tage a f r i c a i n e dans l e s Bahamas. Pr6sence Afr . N.S. 23 (Dec.-Jan.): 41-58.

Dupuch, S i r Et ienne . 1967. The Tribune s t o r y . Ernest Benn, Ltd. London. 162 pp.

Fang, Carol and Wyman Harr i son . 1972. Bahamas Bibliography. A l i s t of c i t a t i o n s f o r s c i ' en t i f i c , engineering and h i s t o r i c a l a r t i c l e s p e r t a i n i n g t o the Bahama I s l ands . Spec. S c i . Rept. 56, V i rg in i a I n s t i t u t e of Marine Sc iences . Gloucester Po in t , VA. 23062.

Gallagher , P a t r i c k . 1961. Bahamas ( i n News and Notes). Amer. Antiq. 26: 467.

Goggin, J . M . 1939. An anthropologica l reconnaissance of Andros I s l a n d , Bahamas. Amer. Antiq. 5: 21-26.

---------- 1946. The Seminole Negroes of Andros I s l and , Bahamas. F l o r i d a H i s t . Quart . 24: 201-206.

Granberry, J u l i a n . 1955a. A survey o f Bahamian archeology. M.S. t h e s i s . Univers i ty of F l o r i d a . Ga inesv i l l e , F lo r ida . 375 pp.

---------- 1955b. An an thropologica l reconnaissance o f Bimini, Bahamas. Amer. Antiq. 22: 378-381.

- - - - - - - - - - 1956. The c u l t u r a l p o s i t i o n of t h e Bahamas i n Caribbean archeology. Arner. Antiq. 22: 128-134.

Har t , Miss. 1823-24. L e t t e r s from the Bahama I s l a n d s , w r i t t e n i n 1823-24. H . C . Carey and I . Lea. London. 207 pp.

Hoffman, Charles A . Jr. 1967. Bahama p reh i s to ry : c u l t u r a l adapta t ion t o an i s l a n d environment. Ph.D. D i s s e r t a t i o n , Dept. of Anthropology, Univers i ty o f Arizona, Tucson, Arizona. 133 pp.

---------- 1970. The palmetto Grove s i t e on San Salvador, Bahamas. F lo r ida S t a t e Mus. Contr. (Soc. S c i . 16) : 1-26.

Holmes, W . H . 1894. Caribbean in f luence i n the p r e h i s t o r i c a r t of southern s t a t e s . Amer. Antiq. 7: 71-79.

Joyce, T. A . 1919. Notes on a wooden s t o o l from the i s l a n d of Eleuthera , Bahamas. Man 19: 1 - 2 .

Krieger , Herbert W . 1937. The Bahama Is lands and t h e i r p r e h i s t o r i c popula t ion . Explora t ions and Field-Work, Smithsonian I n s t . ( f o r 1936) : 93-98.

Kuczynski, R . R . 1953. Demographic survey of t h e B r i t i s h Colonial Empire. Auspices of Royal I n s t i t u t e of I n t e r n a t i o n a l A f f a i r s , Vol. 3 . West Indian and American T e r r i t o r i e s . Oxford Univ. P res s .

McCutcheon, E . S . 1927. The i s l a n d song book. Nassau.

MacLaury, J . C . 1970. Archeological i n v e s t i g a t i o n s on Cat I s land , Bahamas. ~ l o r ' i d a S t a t e Mus. Contr. (Soc. S c i . No. 16) : 27-50.

Manwaring, G . E . 1957. Woodes Rogers, p r i v a t e e r and governor. A . Deans Peggs, ed . Margate P res s . Nassau. 48 pp. (Reprint of t he in t roduc t ion t o 1928 e d i t i o n o f Woodes Rogers's "Cruising voyage round t h e ~ o r l d . ' ~ ) .

Maynard, Charles Johnson. 1890. Some i n s c r i p t i o n s found i n Hartford Cave, Rum Key, Bahamas. Contr . S c i . 1: 167-171.

---------- 1893. Traces of t h e Lucayan Indians i n the Bahamas. Contr . S c i . 2 : 23-34.

---------- 1915. Some t r a c e s of t h e Lucayan Indians i n ' t h e Bahamas. Rec. Walks and Talks with Nature 7: 196; 197-200.

Mazess, R . B . 1967. s k i n co lo r i n Bahamian Negroes. Human Biol . 39: 145-154.

M i l l e r , W . Hubert. 1945. The co lon iza t ion of t h e Bahamas, 1647-1670. William and Mary Quart . 2 : 33-46.

Mills, T. Wesly. 1887. The s tudy of a small and i s o l a t e d community i n t h e Bahama I s l a n d s . h e r . Nat. 21: 875-885.

Newton, Bertram A . 1968. A h i s t o r y o f Red Bays, Andros. (mimeographed). Published p r i v a t e l y by t h e au thor .

Norton, Graham. 1967. People of the Out I s l ands . Geog. Mag. 40: 704-728.

O t t e rbe in , Keith F. 1959. S e t t i n g o f f i e l d s : a form of Bahamian obeah. Phi-la. Anthrop. Soc. Bull . 13: 3-7.

---------- 1963a. The family organiza t ion of Andros I s l ande r s : a case s tudy of mating system and household composition of a community i n t h e Bahama I s l ands . Ph.D. d i s s e r t a t i o n . Universi ty of P i t t sbu rgh . P i t t sbu rgh , Pa.

---------- 1963b. The household composition o f Andros I s l a n d e r s . Soc. and Econ. Stud. 13: 78-83.

Pascoe, C. F. 1901. Two hundred years o f t he S.P.G. (Society f o r t h e Propagation of t he Gospel i n Foreign P a r t s , 1701-1900). S.P.G., Westminster. 1429 pp. Chapter x x v i i i - The Bahamas. pp 216-227b.

Peggs, A . Deans. 1955. A s h o r t h i s t o r y of t h e Bahamas, 2nd ed. Dean Peggs Research Fund. Margate Press . Nassau. 2nd ed . 1957. 37 pp.

Pe te r s , Thelma. 1946. Blockade-running i n t h e Bahamas during the C i v i l War. Tequesta 5 : 16-29.

P o r t e r , Kenneth W . 1945. Notes on Seminole Negroes i n the Bahamas. F lo r ida H i s t . Quart. 24: 56-60.

Rainey, F roe l i ch . 1941. Excavations i n the F t . ~ i b e r t 6 Region, H a i t i . Yale Univ. Publ. Anthrop. 23: 1-48.

Rawson, William. 1868. Report on the Bahamas hurr icane of October 1866 wi th a d e s c r i p t i o n of t h e c i t y of Nassau, N.P. Nassau Guardian. Nassau. 29 pp.

Reid, I r a DeA. 1942. The John Canoe f e s t i v a l . A New World Africanism. Phylon (At lan ta Univ. Rev. Race and Cul ture , 4 th q u a r t e r ) 3: 349-370.

Rodgers, William B . 1966. Development and s p e c i a l i z a t i o n : a case from the Bahamas. Ethnology 5 : 409-414.

---------- and C . H. Wallace. 1969. Development and changes i n popula- t i o n d i s t r i b u t i o n i n the Out Is land Bahamas. Anthropologica (Ottawa) 11 : 189-201.

Rolle , Kermit and Gwen E l l ingsen . 1966 ( r ep r in t ed 1969). Out i s l a n d l o r e . Li tho Graphic P res s , H icksv i l l e , N . Y . 36 pp.

Rouse, I r v i n g . 1960. The e n t r y of man i n t o the West Ind ie s . Yale Univ. Publ. Anthrop. No. 61. 26 pp.

Sad le r , H . E . 1970. Turks I s l a n d l a n d f a l l . P r i v a t e l y o f f e r e d f o r s a l e . Grand Turk. 200 pp.

Sharer, Cyrus Jewett . 1955. The population growth of the Bahama Is lands . Ph.D. d i s s e r t a t i on . University of Michigan. Ann Arbor, Michigan. 126 pp + v i i i .

S ieber t , Wilbur H . 1913. The legacy of the American Revolution t o the Br i t i sh West Indies and Bahamas. In History of the American loy- a l i s t s . Ohio S t a t e Univ. Publ. 17727 ) : 3-50.

Smiley, Nixon. 1972. The l o s t t r i b e of Andros. Tropic (Miami Herald Mag.) f o r February 20, 1972. pp. 14-18.

Symonette, Michael A . 1973. Discovery of a nation. An i l l u s t r a t e d h i s t o ry of t h e Bahamas. P r iva te ly published. Nassau. 40 pp.

Valentine, J . Manson. 1973. Culture pa t t e rn seen. Muse News (Publi- ca t ion of t h e Miami Museum of Science) 4: 314-315; 331-334.

Wright, James Martin. 1905. History of the Bahama Is lands , with a spec ia l study of t he abo l i t ion of s lavery i n the. colony. Ph.D. d i s s e r t a t i on , Johns Hopkins Univ., Baltimore, Md. published i n Shattuck, George - Bahama Islands (1905): 419-583.

---------- 1915. Wrecking system of the Bahama Is lands . P o l i t . Sc i . Quart. 30 : 618-644.

See a l so en t r i e s under Folklore'.

B. BOTANY

(Including Bacteria, Fungi, and General Agriculture)

Anonymous, 1802. Communications on d i f f e r en t subjects addressed t o the Bahama Agricultural Society. Nassau. 63 pp.

---------- 1835a. Cocos nucifera . J. Bahama Soc. Diff . Knowl. N O . 1: 5-16.

---------- 1835b. On the medicinal and other uses of p lan t s growing i n the Bahama Is lands . J. Bahama Soc. Diff . Knowl. No. 3: 23-30; NO. 4 : 31-37; NO. 5: 44-46.

---------- 1836a. Yam potato. J. Bahama Soc. Diff . Knowl. No. 13: 146-147.

---------- 1836b. (un t i t l ed - deals with medicinal proper t ies of 1 2 p l an t s , ext racted from Beach's "American p rac t i ce of medicine.") J . Bahama Soc. Diff . Knowl. No. 9 : 95-100.

---------- 1836c. The process of curing the palmetto. J . Bahama Soc. Diff . Knowl. No. 10: 111-112.

Anonymous, 1838. S e r i e s o f s h o r t a r t i c l e s on various p l a n t s and t h e i r uses : sweet fennel , g a r l i c , ginger, pars ley , Cayenne pepper, orange, lemon, wax myrtle, hoarhound, English p lan ta in , mustard, e l d e r . J . Bahama Soc. Dif f . Knowl. No. 9: 95-100.

---------- 1887. Sabicu wood. Kew Bul l . 1887 (12): 4-5.

---------- 1888. Colonial f r u i t s : Bahama I s l ands . Kew Bul l . 1888: 180-184.

---------- 1907. Agave seen by Columbus found. Discovery 1: 30-32.

---------- 1959. Botanizing i n the Bahamas. Fa i rch i ld Trop. Gard. Bul l . 14: 6 .

---------- 1967. Ming-like t r e e from nearby Bahamas i s introduced t o Flor ida by Garden. Fa i rch i ld Trop. Gard. Bull . 17: 54.

---------- 1970. Cat Is land. Where have a l l t h e c a s c a r i l l a s gone? Bahamian Rev. 12: 22.

---------- 1971. Local names o f f r u i t s and vegetables i n the English- speaking Caribbean. Cajanus 4 (2) : supplement. 32 pp.

Adderley, Lincoln. 1964. Two Bahamian equ i t an t oncidiums. I . Oncidium lucayanum. Gard. J . 14: 141-142; 186-188.

Agassiz, Alexander. 1888. Three c ru i ses of t h e United S t a t e s Coast and Geodetic Surve.y Streamer I1Blake." Vol. 1, chapt . 5. Relat ions o f t h e American and West Indian fauna and f l o r a . Bull . Mus. Comp. Zool. 14: 113-124.

Ames, Oakes. 1910. A new Ponthieva from t h e Bahamas. Torreya 10: 90-91

Anderson, R . F . and W . J . Stambough. 1966. The dying pines on Great Abaco Is land, Bahamas. In te rna l Report, Owens-Illinois Co.

Anthony, Emilia C . 1902. Fern hunting i n Nassau. Fern Bull. 10: 65-68.

Asprey, G . F . 1960. Vegetation i n the Caribbean a rea . Carib. Quart. 5: 245-263.

Bailey, L . H . 1939. Coccothrinax of Flor ida . Gentes Herb. 4: 220-225.

---------- 1944.. Revision of t h e American palmettoes. Gentes Herb. 6: 366-459.

---------- and H . E . Moore. 1949. Palms uncer ta in and new. Gentes Herb. 8: 93-205..

Balgooy, M. M. J . van. 1969. A s tudy on t h e d i v e r s i t y of i s l and f l o r a s . Blumea 17: 139-178.

Barben, A . de l a . 1835. On the c u l t i v a t i o n of tobacco. J. Bahama Soc. Di f f . Knowl. No. 6: 52-53.

B a r r e t t , Wilfredo H . G. and Lamberto Golfar i . 1962. ~ e s c r i p c i 6 n de dos nuevos variedades de l "Pino d e l Caribe." Carib. For. 23: 59-71.

Beard, J . S. 1949. The na tu ra l vegetat ion o f t h e Windward and Leeward Is lands . Oxford For. Mem. No. 21.

Bentham, George. 1854. On t he t r e e supplying t h e ~ a b i c i i wood of Cuba. J . Bot. Hooker 6 : 235-237.

Bounds, John Howard. 1968. Fores t ry i n the Bahamas. Forest Farmer 29: 10-14; 21-22.

Brace, L. J. K . 1929. Note on t h e occurrence of Oxypolis f i l i f o r m i s i n the Bahamas. Torreya 29: 16-17.

Br i t ton , N . L . 1890. Review of t h e provis ional l i s t of the p l a n t s of t h e Bahama Is lands . Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 17: 187-188.

---------- 1903. A new Waltheria from the Bahamas. Torreya 3: 105-106.

---------- 1904a. Explorat ions i n Flor ida and t h e Bahamas. J . N . Y . Bot. Gard. 5: 129-136.

---------- 1904b. Report on explora t ion of t h e Bahamas. J . N . Y . Bot. Gard. 5 : 201-209.

Savia bahamensis. Torreya 4: 104-105.

Notes on t h e f l o r a of t h e Bahamas. Torreya 4: 190.

On Pisonia ob tusa ta and i t s a l l i e s . Bull. Torrey 614-615.

Contributions t o the f l o r a of the Bahama Is lands - . Bot. Gard. 3: 441-453.

Explorat ions i n t h e Bahamas. J . N . Y . Bot. Gard.

Contr ibutions t o t h e f l o r a o f . t h e Bahama I s l ands . 11. Bull . N .Y . Bot. Gard. 4: 115-128.

---------- 1906b. Contributions t o the f l o r a of t h e Bahama Is lands . 111. Bull . N.Y. Bot. Gard. 4: 137-143.

---------- 1907a. Contributions t o the f l o r a o f t h e Bahama I s l ands . I V . Bull . N . Y . Bot. Gard. 5: 311-318.

B r i t t o n , N . L . 1907b. Report on t h e con t inua t ion of t h e bo tan ica l exp lo ra t ion of t h e Bahama I s l a n d s . J . N . Y . Bot. Gard. 8: 71-81.

- - - - - - - - - - 1913. Four undescribed West Indian sedges. Torreya 13: 215-217.

- - - - - - - - - - and C . F . Millspaugh. 1920. The Bahama f l o r a . P r i v a t e l y publ i shed . New York, N . Y . Reprinted 1962. Hafner Publ. Co. New York, N . Y . 695 pp.

Bunt, J . S . , K . E . Cooksey, M. A. Heeb, C . C . Lee, and B . F. Taylor . 1970. Assay of a l g a l n i t rogen f i x a t i o n i n t h e marine sub t rop ic s by ace ty l ene r educ t ion . Nature 227: 1163-1164.

Byrne, Anthony Roger. 1972. Man and t h e v a r i a b l e v u l n e r a b i l i t y of i s l a n d l i f e : a s tudy of r e c e n t vege ta t ion change i n t h e Bahamas. Ph.D. d i s s e r t a t i o n . Un ive r s i t y of Wisconsin, Madison, Wisconsin. 311 pp.

- - - - - - - - - - 1973. Man and t h e v a r i a b l e v u l n e r a b i l i t y of i s l a n d l i f e : a s tudy of r e c e n t vege ta t ion change i n t h e Bahamas. Diss. Abst. 33 (11) : 2 pp.

---------- and John C . Munday, Jr. 1972. Photodensi ty and t h e impact of s h i f t i n g a g r i c u l t u r e on s u b t r o p i c a l vege ta t ion : a case s tudy i n t h e Bahamas. Proc. 8 th i n t . symposium remote sens ing of environment, 2-6 Oct . 1972. No. 195600-1-X. Environ. Res. I n s t . Michigan. Ann Arbor, Michigan. pp. 1311-1326.

Catesby, Mark. 1730-47. Natural H i s to ry of Caro l ina , F l o r i d a and t h e Bahama I s l a n d s . London. 2 v o l s . 220 p l a t e s . (For pub l i ca t ion , s e e J . Soc. B ib l . Nat. H i s t . 3 : 328.)

.Clough, Garre t C . and George Fulk. 1971. The v e r t e b r a t e fauna and t h e vege ta t ion of Eas t Plana Cay, Bahama I s l ands . A t o l l Res. Bul l . 138: 1-17.

Coker, William S . 1905. Vegetat ion of t h e Bahama I s l a n d s . i n : Sha t tuck , George B . The Bahama Is lands . Geographical Soc ie ty o f T a l t i m o r e . Johns Hopkins P r e s s . pp. 185-270 + p l . x x x i i i - x l v i i .

Committee r e p o r t . 1889. Report of t h e committee c o n s i s t i n g of Messrs. W . Car ru thers , W . F. R. Weldon, J . G . Baker, G. M. Murray, and W . T. Thistel ton-Dyer (Sec re t a ry ) , appointed f o r t h e purpose of exp lo r ing t h e f l o r a of t h e Bahamas. Rept. B r i t . Assn. Adv. S c i . 58: 361-363.

C o r r e l l , Donovan S . 1974. F lo ra of t h e Bahama I s l a n d s - new a d d i t i o n s . F a i r c h i l d Trop. Gard. Bul l . 29: 11-12; 15.

Dan ie l l , William F. 1863. On t h e c a s c a r i l l a and o t h e r s p e c i e s of Croton o f t h e Bahamas and o t h e r West Indian I s l a n d s . Pharm. J . Trans . 11. 4: 144-150; 226-231.

Dawes, Cl in ton J . and Harold J . Humm. 1969. A new v a r i e t y of Halimeda lacr imosa Howe. Bul l . Mar. S c i . 19: 428-431.

Dolley, Charles S . 1889. The botany of t h e Bahamas. Proc. Acad. Nat. S c i . P h i l a . 1889: 131-134.

Drew, G . E . 1912. Report of i n v e s t i g a t i o n s on marine b a c t e r i a c a r r i e d on a t Andros I s l and , Bahamas, B r i t i s h West Indies i n May 1912. Carnegie I n s t . Washington Yearbook 11 : 136-144.

- - - - - - - - - - 1914. On t h e p r e c i p i t a t i o n of calcium carbonate i n the s e a by marine b a c t e r i a , and on t h e ac t ion of d e n i t r i f y i n g b a c t e r i a i n t r o p i c a l and temperate s e a s . Papers Tortugas Lab, Carnegie I n s t . Washington Pub1 . 182 : 7-45.

Duncombe, Alf red . 1835. On t h e caper p l a n t . J . Bahama Soc. Dif f . Knowl. No. 5 : 43-44.

Dur re l l , Z O ~ C . 1972. The innocent i s l a n d - Abaco i n t h e Bahamas. Durre l l Pub l i ca t ions . D i s t r ibu ted by Stephen Greene Press . Bra t t l ebo to , Vermont. 157 pp.

Dyer, W . Th i se l ton . 1888. F lo ra of t he Bahamas. Nature 37: 565-566.

Eaton, D . C . 1875. A l i s t of t h e marine a lgae , c o l l e c t e d by D r . Edward Palmer on t h e coas t o f F l o r i d a and a t Nassau, Bahama I s l ands , March- August 1874. New Haven, Connect icut . 6 pp.

- - - - - - - - - - and W . A . S e t c h e l l . 1886. A l i s t of p l a n t s from Abaco I s l and , Bahamas. Johns Hopkins Univ. C i r . 6 : 46-47.

Eggers, (H.F.A.?) . 1888. i n l e t t e r t o W . A. Th i se l ton Dyer. F lo ra of t h e Bahamas. Nature 37: 565-566.

Evans, Alexander W . 1911. The Hepaticae of t h e Bahama I s l ands . Bul l . Torrey Bot. Club 38: 205-22.1.

Ga l s to f f , P. S . 1940. Wasting d i sease causing mor ta l i t y of sponges i n the West Indies and Gulf o f Mexico. Proc. 8 th h e r . S c i . Cong. 3: 411-421.

Gardiner, John, L. J . K . Brace, and Charles S . Dolley. 1889 . ' Provis ional l i s t of t h e p l a n t s o f t h e Bahama I s l a n d s . Proc. Acad. Nat. S c i . P h i l a . 41: 349-426.

Gathorn, William. 1836. Method of cur ing tobacco i n t h e d i s t r i c t of Holquin, i n t h e I s l and of Cuba. Method o f cur ing tobacco a t Vuelta Bajo ( t o t h e Leeward of Havana). J . Bahama Soc. D i f f . Knowl. No. 10: 102-107.

Gillis, William T. 1970. I s l e of Columbus. F a i r c h i l d Trop. Gard. Bu l l . 25: 5-7.

Gillis, W i l l i a m T. 1974a. Name changes f o r t he seed p l a n t s i n t h e Bahama f l o r a . Rhodora 76: 67-138.

---------- 1974b. Phantoms i n the f l o r a of t h e Bahamas. Phytologia 29: pp. 154-166.

---------- Richard A . Howard and George R. Proc tor . 1973. Addit ions t o t h e Bahama f l o r a s ince Br i t t on and Millspaugh - I . Rhodora 75: 411-425.

---------- and William T. S tea rn . 1974. Typ i f i ca t ion and c o r r e c t names of Leucaena and Lysi loma spec ie s i n the- Bahama . f l o r a . Taxon 23: 185-189.

---------- and George R. Proc tor . 1974. Caesa lp in ia subgenus Guilandina i n t h e Bahamas. J . Arnold Arbor. 55: 425-430.

G r i f f i t h s , Thomas A . 1972. Bahama Bay-rush - a missing l i n k ? Bates College Alumni Mag.

Grisebach, A . H . R . 1859-64. F lora of t he B r i t i s h West Indian I s l a n d s . Love11 Reeve and Co. London. 789 pp. Reprinted 1963. J. Cramer, Weinheim, Weldon and Wesley and Hafner Publ i sh ing Co., New York and Codicote. (For da t e s o f pub l i ca t ion e t c . see S tea rn , W . T. , 1965, i n J . Arnold Arbor. 46: 263.) .

---------- 1865. Die geographische Verbreitung d e r Pflanzen Westindiens. Abhand. ~ 8 n i g l . Gese l l . Wiss. .G:ttingen 12: 3-80..

,

Guppy, H . B . 1917. P l a n t s , seeds , and cu r ren t s i n the West Indies and Azores. W i 1 liams and Norgate. London.

Ha l l , W . H . 1837. The fan palm; t h e o l i v e t r e e . J . Bahama Soc. D i f f . Knowl. No. 20: 211-212.

Hamilton, William. 1835. (No t i t l e - s u b j e c t dea l s with q u a l i t y o f tannins from Divi -d iv i i n t h e Bahamas.). J . Bahama Soc. Dif f . Knowl. No. 6 : 53-59.

---------- 1836a. The p i t a p l a n t . J . Bahama Soc. D i f f . Knowl. No. 8: 87-91.

---------- 1836b. On t h e manufacture of sugar from b e e t roo t . J . Bahama Soc. D i f f . Knowl. No. 18: 187-192.

---------- 1836c. Cochineal. J . Bahama Soc. D i f f . Knowl. No. 18: 201-202.

Hannau, Hans W . and Jeanne Garrard (undated, i s sued i n 1970). Flowers o f t h e Bahamas. Argos , Inc . Miami, F lor ida . 64 pp.

Hardie, Lawrence A . 1969. Algal c r u s t s from the Bahamas (abs .) . Amer. Assn. P e t r o l . Geol. Bu l l . 53: 721.

Harshberger , John W . 1903. Notes on t h e s t r a n d f l o r a o f Great Inagua, H a i t i , and Jamaica. Torreya 3: 67-70.

Her r ick , F. H . 1886. Notes on t h e f l o r a o f Abaco and ad jo in ing i s l a n d s . Johns Hopkins Univ. C i r c . 6 : 46-47.

Hickman, Denis and Peggy Hickman. Undated. Guide t o t h e t r o p i c a l gardens of t h e Royal V i c t o r i a Hote l . Royal V i c t o r i a Hote l . Nassau.

\

Higgs, Helen Burns. 1956. Flowers of Nassau. Miami Pos t Publ . Co., Miami, F l o r i d a . P r i v a t e l y publ i shed . 19 pp.

---------- [as Mrs. L e s l i e Higgs) 1969. Bush medicine i n t h e Bahamas. P r i v a t e l y publ i shed by t h e au tho r with o r i g i n a l p a i n t i n g s . 20 pp.

---------- 1973. Vegetable growing i n t h e Bahamas. When, how, and what t o p l a n t . P r i v a t e l y publ i shed by Mrs. Higgs and t h e Nassau Guardian. Nassau, Bahamas.

H i l l , S teven R . 1974. Addit ions t o t h e Bahama f l o r a . . Rhodora. [ in p r e s s ) .

Hitchcock, A . S . 1893. P l a n t s o f t h e Bahamas, Jamaica , , and Grand Cayman. Ann. Rept. Missouri Bot. Gard. 4: 47-179 + p l . 11-14.

---------- 1898. L i s t o f cryptogams c o l l e c t e d i n t h e Bahamas, Jamaica, and Grand Cayman. Rept. Missouri Bot. Gard. 9 : 111-120.

Hooker, Joseph D . 1881. Bahama f l o r a . Rept. Progress and Condi t ions , Royal Gardens, Kew f o r 1880. 30 pp.

- - - - - - - - - - 1897. Croton e l u t e r i a . C u r t i s Bot. Mag. 53: p l . 7515.

Howard, Richard A . 1950. Vegetat ion o f t h e Bimini I s l a n d group, Bahamas, B . W . I . Eco l . Monog. 20: 317-349.

- - - - - - - - - - 1973. The v e g e t a t i o n o f t h e A n t i l l e s . Chapt. 1 i n Vegeta- t i o n and v e g e t a t i o n a l h i s t o r y o f no r the rn La t in ~merica; Alan Graham, ed. E l s e v i e r Publ. Co. Amsterdam. pp. 1-38. *

- - - ------- and Henry F. Dunbar. 1964. Addit ions t o t h e f l o r a of Inagua, t he Bahamas . Rhodora 66 : 6- 15.

Howe, Marshal l A. 1904a. Notes on Bahaman a lgae . Bul l . Torrey Bot. Club. 31: 93-100.

---------- 1904b. Co l l ec t i ons o f marine a l g a e from F l o r i d a and t h e Bahamas. J . N . Y . Bot. Gard. 5 : 164-166.

Howe, Marshall A. 1905a. Phycological s tud ies - I . New Chlorophyceae from Flor ida and the Bahamas. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 32: 241-252.

---------- 1905b. Phycological s tud ies - 11. New Chlorophyceae, new Rhodophyceae, and miscellaneous notes. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 32: 563-571 (separate ly ava i l ab le a s Contr. N.Y. Bot. Gard. No. 72).

---------- 1906. Some photographs of the s i lk -co t ton t r e e (Ceiba pentandra) with remarks on the e a r l y records of i t s occurrence in America. Torreya 6: 217-231.

---------- 1909. Phycological s tud ies - IV. The genus Neomeris and notes on other Siphonales. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 36: 74-104. (Separately avai lable a s Contr. N.Y. Bot. Gard. No. 120).

---------- and Percy Wilson. 1908. Report on the botanical explora- t i on of the Bahama and Caicos Islands. J . N . Y . Bot. Gard. 9: 41-50.

Humm, Harold J . 1961. The marine algae of Bimini, Bahamas. Cyanophyta (Abs.). ASB Bull. 8: 32.

Jackson, W . P. U. 1946. Plant dermat i t i s i n the Bahamas. B r i t . Med. J . 1946 (2) : 298.

Kellogg, Royal S. 1951. Yellow pine i n the Bahamas. J . Forestry 49: 795-796,

Kohlmeyer, J . and E . Kohlmeyer. 1971:' Marine fungi from t rop i ca l America and Africa. Mycologia 63: 831-861.

Lewis, Walter H. 1971. Additions t o the f l o r a of the Bahama Is lands , Rhodora 73: 46-50.

L i t t l e , E . L., Jr. 1947. The name of the wild d i l l y of Florida. Rhodora 49: 289-293.

Long, Robert W . and Olga Lakela. 1971. Flora of t r op i ca l Florida. h i v . Miami Press. Miami, Florida. 962 pp.

Luer, Carlyle A. 1972. The na t ive orchids of Florida. New York Botanical Garden. New York, N. Y. 293 pp.

McCallan, E . A. 1939. Report on the development of agr icu l tu re i n the Bahamas. Nassau Guardian. Nassau. 107 pp.

McCallum, May F. 1970. Aerobic bac t e r i a l f l o r a of the Bahama Bank. J . Appl. Bacteriology 33: 533-542.

Mann, A. 1935. Diatoms i n bottom deposits from the Bahamas and t he Florida Keys. Carnegie I n s t . Washington Publ. 452: 121-128 (Paper Tortugas Lab No. 19) .

March, E . W . 1949. Pine f o r e s t s of t h e Bahamas. Empire Fores t ry Rev. 28: 33-37.

Margolis, Stanley and Robert W . Rex. 1971. Endol i th ic a lgae and m i c r i t e envelope formation i n Bahamian o E l i t e s a s revealed by scanning e lec t ron microscopy. Geol. Soc. h e r . Bul l . 82: 843-851.

Meyers, Samuel P. 1957. Taxonomy of marine Pyrenomycetes. Mycologia 49: 475-528.

Mi l l a r , Robert. 1835. On t h e c u l t i v a t i o n of cot ton i n t h e Bahamas. J . Bahama Soc. Di f f . Knowl. No. 6: 48-51.

- - - - - - - & - - 1836. On the c u l t i v a t i o n of cot ton . J . Bahama Soc. Dif f . Knowl. No. 17: 184-185.

Millspaugh, C . F. 1904. A new Bahaman Euphorbia. Torreya 4: 172.

---------- 1906. Praenunciae Bahamenses. I . Contr ibutions t o a f l o r a of t h e Bahamian Archipelago. F ie ld Mus. Bot. Se r . Publ. 106, Vol. 11, NO. 3: 137-184.

---------- 1909. Praenunciae Bahamenses. 11. Contributions t o a f l o r a o f t h e Bahamian Archipelago. F i e l d Mus. Publ. 136, Bot. Se r . Vol. 11, NO. 7: 289-321.

Monty, Claude Leopold Victor . 1966. Geological and environmental s ign i f i cance of Cyanophyta (abs . ) . Diss. Abst. Sec. B. 27: 211B.

---------- 1967. Dis t r ibu t ion and s t r u c t u r e of Recent s t r o m a t o l i t i c a l g a l mats, e a s t e r n Andros Is land, Bahamas. Ann. Soc. ~ 6 0 1 . Belgique Bull . 90: B-55-100.

Morris, D . 1896. Memo on t h e c a s c a r i l l a bark. In: Bahama f l o r a , 1862-1900, miscellaneous r e p o r t s , Vol. 108, E. 40-51. Library, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew.

Morrow, Loring and Norton H. Nickerson. 1973. S a l t concentra t ions i n ground waters beneath Rhizophora mangle and Avicennia germinans . Rhodora 75 : 102- 106.

Morton, J u l i a F. 1965. Can t h e red mangrove provide food, feed, and f e r t i l i z e r ? Econ. Bot. 19: 113-123.

Morton, Kendal and J u l i a Morton. 1946. F i f t y t r o p i c a l f r u i t s o f Nassau. Text House, Inc . Coral Gables, F lor ida .

Murray, G . 1888-89. Catalogue of t h e marine a lgae of t h e West Indian region. J . Bot . 26 : 193-196; 237-243; 303-307; 331-338; 358-363; 27: 237-242; 257-262; 298-305.

Nash, George V. 1905a. Botanical explora t ion of t h e Inagua Is lands , Bahamas. J . N . Y . . Bot. Gard. 6 : 1-19.

---------- 1905b. Fur ther explora t ions i n t h e Republic of H a i t i . J . N . Y . Bot. Gard. 6 : 170-191.

---------- 1905c. A t r i p t o t h e Inaguas. P lan t World 8: 91-98 (a lso i ssued a s a s e p a r a t e ) .

Nesbi t t , C . R . 1854. Vegetable f i b r e s of t h e Bahamas. J . Bot. 6 : 237-241.

Neumann, A. C . and L. S. Lind. 1969. Algal production and lime ... deposi t ion i n t h e Bight of Abaco: a budget. Geol. Soc. h e r . Spec. Papers 121 : 219 (abs t .) .

Nickerson, Norton H . and Joseph W . Tripp. 1973. F lo ra l dimorphism i n Rach ica l l i s americana (Jacq.) Hitch. (Saltwater-bush). Rhodora 75: 111-113.

Northcroft , George J . H . 1902. Sketches .of Summerland - giving some account of Nassau and t h e Bahama I s l ands . Nassau Guardian. Nassau. Chapt. 14 - Flora (pp. 152-173); Chapt. 15 - S o i l and a g r i c u l t u r e (pp . 174-185) .

Northrop, Al ice R . 1902. Flora o f New Providence and Andros (Bahama I s l a n d s ) . Mem. Torrey Bot. Club 1 2 : 1-98 + -19 p l . (Reprinted i n Northrop, John I . 1910. A n a t u r a l i s t i n t h e Bahamas. ~ e m o r i a r volume. Columbia Univ. Press . New York. pp. 119-211.)

Orpurt, P h i l i p A . 1964. The microfungal f l o r a of b a t cave s o i l from Eleuthera Is land, t h e Bahamas. Can. J. Bot. 42: 1629-1633.

Pawsey, R . G . 1967. Pine mor ta l i ty on Great Abaco Is land, and examina- t i o n of p ine on Grand Bahama and Andros I s l ands . I n t e r n a l Rept., Minis t ry of Overseas Development. Government of t h e Bahamas. Nassau.

P l a t e , L. 1906. Pyrodinium bahamense, n.g. , n . sp. Die Leuchtperidinee des 'Feueresees' von Nassau, Bahamas. Arch. P ro t i s t enk . 7: 411-427.

Popenoe, John. 1966a. Bahaman p l a n t s a t t h e F a i r c h i l d Tropical Garden. F a i r c h i l d Trop. Gard. Bul l . 21: 5-9.

---------- 1966b. Sweetwood bark. Fa i rch i ld Trop. Gard. Bull. 21: 6-7.

---------- 1973. Moujean t e a . F a i r c h i l d Trop. Gard. Bull . 28: 12-14.

Proctor , G . R . 1954-55. Notes on the vegeta t ion of t h e Turks and Caicos I s l ands . Nat. H i s t . Soc. Jamaica 6: 149-152; 170-174; 199-203.

Rabley, Margaret B . 1971. An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o some wi ld f lowers of t h e Bahamas and Caribbean. C o l l i n s and Co. London and Glasgow. (Coloring book).

Read, Robert W . 1966. Coccothrinax inaguens is - a new s p e c i e s from t h e Bahamas . Pr inc ipes 10: 29- 35.

---------- 1967. Taxonomy o f t h e cycads o f t h e West I n d i e s and F l o r i d a . F i f t h Conf. on Cycad T o x i c i t y . Sec t ion 111: 6 pp.

Rock, B a r r e t t Nelson. 1972. The woods and f l o r a o f t h e F l o r i d a Keys: "Pinnatae" . Smithsonian Contr . Bot . 5 : 1-35.

Rogers, C . M . 1968. The Linum bahamense complex. Rhodora 70: 439-441.

Rudd, Velva. 1969. Mimosa bahamensis, a Bahama - Yucatan d i s j u n c t . Phyto logia 18: 143-147.

Russe l l , Oris S . 1958. Pre l iminary r e p o r t on t h e f l o r a of t h e Exuma Cays. i n Prospectus f o r new n a t i o n a l t r u s t . Publ ished by Bahamas ~ a t i o n a T r u s t . pp. 16-21.

Sampson, H . C . Report on t h e development o f a g r i c u l t u r e i n t h e Bahamas. Empire market ing Board Publ. 40. H.M.S .O. London. 35 pp.

Sawyer, William H . 1955. Medicinal uses of p l a n t s by n a t i v e Inaguans. S c i . Monthly 80: 371-376.

S e l i g e r , H . H . , W . H . Briggley, and E . Swi f t . 1969. Absolute va lues o f hot on emission from t h e marine d i n o f l a g e l l a t e s P ~ r o d i n i u m - bahamense, Gonyaulax polyedra and P ryocys t i s l unu la . Phytochemistry and Photobiology 10: 227-232.

Semple, John C . 1970. The d i s t r i b u t i o n of pubescent leaved i n d i v i d u a l s of Conocarpus e r e c t u s (Combretaceae). Rhodora 72: 544-547.

S l e e , M . U. 1970. C r o s s a b i l i t y va lues w i th in t h e s lash-Caribbean Pinus spec i e s complex. Euphyt ica 19: 184-189.

Small , J . K . 1910a. Report on b o t a n i c a l exp lo ra t i on i n Andros, Bahamas. J . N . Y . Bot. Gard. 11: 88-101.

---------- 1910b. Explora t ion i n Andros. Torreya 10: 131-133.-

---------- 1916. Pithecolobium guadalupense. Addisonia 1: 50-52.

Smiley, Nixon. 1968. Bahama p l a n t s a s ornamentals . F a i r c h i l d Trop. Gard. Bu l l . 23: 7-12.

Smith, Robert R . , e t a l . 1971-72. A study of the near shore and t e r r e s t r i a l f l o r a of San Salvador Is land. 3 vol . College Center of t h e Finger Lakes. Corning, New York. Includes chapters as follows :

Bush medicine of San Salvador Is land. A study of the c u l t i v a t e d p l a n t s on San Salvador Is land. A comparative a lgae study of Grahams Harbour and French Bay. A vegeta t ive study o f the peninsular area and Cutt Cay. A vegeta t ive study o f the Watling Cast le ru ins . A vegeta t ive study o f t h e Nairn homestead. A vegeta t ive study of the Fortune H i l l p l an ta t ion s i t e . An algae study of Bonefish Bay. The c a c t i of San Salvador Is land. A vegeta t ive study of dumps and waste areas of San Salvador I s l and

---------- 1973. Tropical Botany (A t e x t f o r use i n San Salvador Is land, Bahamas). 2 v o l . College Center of the Finger Lakes. Corning, New York.

Stearn, W . T. 1958. A key t o West Indian mangroves. Kew Bull . 1958: 33-37.

---------- 1958. Publ ica t ion of Catesby's 'Natural History of Carolina, F lor ida , and the Bahama I s l a n d s ' . J. Soc. Biol . Nat. H i s t . 3: 328.

---------- 1964. Catharanthus roseus , the co r rec t name f o r the Madagascar p e ~ i w i n k l e . Lloydia 27: 196-200. *

---------- 1965. Grisebach's 'F lora of the B r i t i s h West Indian I s l a n d s v , a biographical and b ib l iograph ica l in t roduct ion . J . Arnold Arbor. 46: 243-285. -

- - -------- 1968. Jamaican and o ther species of Bumelia (Sapotaceae). J. Arnold Arbor. 49: 280-289.

Stimson, William R . 1967. Additions . t o the f l o r a of the Bimini I s l and group, Bahama I s l ands . Rhodora 69: 60.

S tout , A . B . 1920. Conference notes f o r Apri l (algae i n the Bahamas - 525 spp. ) ; 6 new s ince Br i t ton and Millspaugh. J . N . Y . Bot. Gard. 21: 97-98.

Taylor, orm man. 1921. Endemism i n the Bahama f l o r a . Ann. Bot. 35 : 523-532.

Taylor, William Randolph. 1960. .Marine algae of the eas te rn t r o p i c a l and subt ropica l coas t s of the Americas. Univ. Michigan Press . Ann Arbor, Michigan. 870 pp .

Traverse , Al f red and Robert N . Ginsburg. 1966. Palynology o f t h e s u r f a c e sediments o f t h e Great Bahama Bank, a s r e l a t e d t o water movement and sed imenta t ion . Mar. Geol. 4: 417-459.

---------- 1967. Pol len and a s s o c i a t e d m i c r o f o s s i l s i n t h e marine s u r f a c e sediments o f t h e Great Bahama Bank. Rev. Palaeobotany and Palynology 3 : 243-254.

Tynes, Benjamin. 1835. Addi t iona l remarks on t h e q u a l i t i e s of p l a n t s growing i n t h e Bahamas. J . Bahama Soc. D i f f . Knowl. No. 7: 47-48.

Urban, I g n a t i u s . 1898-1913. Symbolae A n t i l l a n a e s eu fundamenta f l o r a e Ind i ae Occ iden ta l i s . B e r l i n . 7 v o l .

Volz, P . A . 1971. A p re l iminary s tudy o f k e r a t i n o p h i l i c fungi from Abaco I s l a n d , t h e Bahamas. Mycopath. Mycol. Appl. 43: 337-339.

- - - - - - - - - - and E . S . Beneke. 1972. A p r e l imina ry s tudy o f f r e s h water fungi from Abaco I s l a n d , t h e aha am as. Mycopath. Mycol . Appl. 46: 1-3.

- - - - - - - - - - and Douglas E . J e r g e r . 1972. A p r e l imina ry s tudy o f marine fungi from Abaco I s l a n d , t h e Bahamas. Mycopath. Mycol. Appl. 48: 271-274.

Wall, David and B a r r i e Dale. 1969. The "hys t r ichosphaer id" r e s t i n g spo re o f t h e d i n o f l a g e l l a t e Pyrodinium bahamense P l a t e 1906. J . Phycology 5 : 140-149.

Weber, Neal A . 1967. The fungus-growing a n t , Trachymyrmex jamaicens is , on Bimini I s l a n d , Bahamas (Hymenoptera: Formicidae) . Ent . News

Wilcox, Margaret S . , Anne Forbes, S a l l y Shure, L. V . Wilcox, Jr. 1971. A f i e l d key t o Bahamian mangroves.. Car ib . J . S c i . 11: 155-157.

Wilson, Percy. 1909. Report on t h e b o t a n i c a l exp lo ra t i on o f t h e i s l a n d s o f t h e S a l t Key Bank, Bahamas. J . N . Y . Bot. Gard. 10: 173-176.

Wood, J . Ferguson. 1968. S t u d i e s o f phytoplankton ecology i n t r o p i c a l and s u b t r o p i c a l environments o f t h e A t l a n t i c Ocean. P a r t 3 . Phytoplankton communities i n t h e Providence Channels and t h e Tongue o f t h e Ocean. Bu l l . Mar. S c i . 18 : 481-543.

Yaffa , Harold. 1971. The West I n d i e s c r u i s e on t h e Utowana (Dec. 1931- Apr. 1932) A l l i s o n V . Armour - David G . F a i r c h i l d P l a n t exped i t i on . F a i r c h i l d Trop. Gard. Bu l l . 26: 10-13.

Zobel, Bruce. 1964. P ines o f sou theas t e rn U. S . , Bahamas and Mexico and t h e i r use i n B r a z i l . i n S i l v i c u l t u r a em Sao Paulo, Rev. Tgcnica do F l o r e s t a l do Estado de s o Paulo, Vol. 3 (3) : 303-310.

C . CLIMATE AND METEOROLOGY

Anonymous. Undated. Climatological Data, West Ind ie s , 1946-1951. Weather Bureau, U. S . Dept. o f Commerce. Washington, D. C.

---------- 1836a. Meteorological Diary f o r September 1836. J . Bahama Soc. D i f f . Knowl. No. 17: 186.

- - - - - - - - - - 1836b. Meteorological d i a r y f o r October 1836. J . Bahama Soc. D i f f . Knowl. No. 16: 195.

---------- 1836c. Meteorological d i a r y f o r November 1836. J . Bahama Soc. D i f f . Knowl. No. 19: 204.

---------- 1837. Meteorological d i a ry f o r December 1836. J . Bahama Soc. D i f f . Knowl. No. 20: 213.

---------- Undated (but before 1871). General d e s c r i p t i o n o f t h e C i ty of Nassau and I s l a n d o f New Providence, Bahamas, West Ind ie s with meteorological t a b l e s and o t h e r s t a t i s t i c s o f i n t e r e s t t o i n v a l i d s and t r a v e l e r s . New York, N . Y . P r i v a t e l y publ i shed . 28 pp. Reprinted and expanded, 1871. Published by William Baldwin and Co., New York, N . Y . 35 pp.

---------- 1897. Zum Klima de r Bahamas-Inseln. Meteorol. Ze i t sch . 14: 309. ?

- - - - ------ 1928. The Bahama I s l a n d s . Information a s t o t r a d e , s o i l , c l ima te , e t c . f o r in tending s e t t l e r s , t o u r i s t s and bus iness men. Development Board. Nassau. 24 pp. + map.

---------- 1959. North A t l a n t i c t r o p i c a l cyclones. Technical Paper 36. Weather Bureau, U . S. ~ e p t . o f Commerce. U .S. G .P .O. Washington, D. C .

Brooks, C . E . P. 1921. Meteorology o f Nassau, Bahamas, 1852-1919. Quart . J . Royal Meteorol. Soc. 47: 59-62.

CJackson, J . R . 1971. (Mimeographed). Pas t records o f Bahamas r a i n - f a l l . Meteorological Off ice . Nassau.

Fass ig , Ol iver L . 1905a. Climate of t h e Bahama I s l ands . In : Shat tuck, George B . The Bahama Is lands . Geographical Socie ty o F ~ a l t i m o r e . Johns Hopkins P res s . pp. 111-125.

---------- 1905b. Exlora t ion o f t h e upper atmosphere a t Nassau, New Providence by means o f k i t e s . In : Shat tuck, George B. The Bahama I s l a n d s . Geographical Socie ty of Baltimore. Johns Hopkins P res s . pp. 129-143.

Fass ig , O l ive r L . 1907. bber das Klima de r Bahama-Inseln. Meteorol. Ze i t s ch . 24: 558-559.

Hayes, Nelson. 1962. The roof of t he wind. Alvin Redman, Ltd. London. O r i g i n a l l y publ i shed 1961 by Doubleday. 216 pp.

Keogh, Terence. 1933. Hurricane i n t he Bahamas: one man's adventures i s a b i g wind. Harpers Mag. (May) 166: 697-708.

Kraus, E . B . 1971. The Bahama Bank p l ane ta ry boundary l a y e r exper i - ment, 17 Apri l -10 May 1971. h e r . Meteorol. Soc. 52:969-972.

~ e t t a u , Bernhard. 1971. The e f f e c t of t h e Bahamas-Lesser A n t i l l e s cha in on t h e annual p r e c i p i t a t i o n frequency. h e r . Meteorol. Soc. Bu l l . 52: 781-782.

Ludlum, David M . 1963. Ea r ly American hu r r i canes , 1492-1870. Amer. Meteorol. Soc. , Boston. x i i + 198 pp.

Moore, Willis L . and Ol ive r L . Fas s ig . 1913. Hurricanes of t h e West I n d i e s . U . S . Dept. o f Agr i cu l tu re , Weather Bureau Bull . X . U.S.G.P .O. Washington, D . C . 28 pp.

Nor thcrof t , George ' J . H . 1902. Sketches of Summerland - giv ing some account o f Nassau and t h e Bahama I s l ands . Chapter 10 - Climate. pp . 94-108. Nassau Guardian. Nassau.

Perk ins , R . D . and Paul Enos. 1968. Hurr icane Betsy i n t h e F lor ida- Bahama a r e a - geologic e f f e c t s and comparison with Hurricane Donna. J . Geol. 76: 710-717.

1969. Comparison o f geologic e f f e c t s o f Hurricanes Donna and Betsy i n t h e Florida-Bahama a r e a ( a b s t . ) . Geol. Soc. Amer. Spec. Paper 1 2 1 : 460-461.

Rawson, William. 1868. Report on the Bahamas hur r icane ' of October 1866 wi th a d e s c r i p t i o n of t h e c i t y o f Nassau, N.P. Nassau Guardian, Nassau. 29 pp.

Simpson, Joanne. 1967. An experimental approach t o cumulus clouds and h u r r i c a n e s . Weather 2 2 : 95-114.

Stone, L . H . J. 1953. The weather of t h e Bahamas. Weather 8:30-1-302.

Sugg, Arnold L . 1966. The hu r r i cane season o f 1965. Monthly Weather Rev. 94: 183-191.

Tannehi l l , Ivan Ray. 1952. Hurr icanes, t h e i r na tu re and h i s t o r y , p a r t i c u l a r l y those of t h e West Ind ie s and t h e southern coas t s of t h e United S t a t e s . Pr ince ton Univ. P r e s s . Pr ince ton , N . J . 308 pp .

Townsend, P. S . 1826. Memoir on t h e topography, weather, and d i s e a s e s of t h e Bahama I s l a n d s . J . Seymour Co. New York, N . Y . 80 pp.

E . ENTOMOLOGY AND ARACHNOLOGY

Arne t t , Ross H . , Jr . 1953. The Oedemerid b e e t l e s of t h e Bimini I s l a n d group, Bahama I s l ands , B r i t i s h West I n d i e s . Amer. Mus. Nov. 1646: 1-13.

Baker, E . W . 1968. The genus Pronematus h e r . 61: 1091-1097.

Banks, Nathan. 1906. Arachnids from t h e Nat. H i s t . 22: 185-189.

C a n e s t r i n i . Ann. Ent . Soc.

Bahamas. Bul l . h e r . Mus.

Barber, Harry G . 1953. A new subfamily, genus, and spec i e s belonging t o t h e family Eniocephalidae (Hemiptera, He te rop te ra ) . h e r . Mus. NOV. 1614: 1-4.

---------- 1954. A r e p o r t on t h e Hemiptera, Heteroptera , from t h e Bimini I s l ands , Bahamas, B r i t i s h West I n d i e s . Amer . Mus . Nov. 1682: 1-18.

---------- and P. D . Ashlock. 1960. The Lygaeidae of t h e Van Voast- American Museum of Natura l H i s to ry Expedi t ion t o t h e Bahama I s l a n d s , 1953. (Hemiptera, Heteroptera) . - pro;. Ent . Soc. Washington 62: 117-124.

Benjamin, Fos t e r H . 1934. Descr ip t ion of some n a t i v e Trypet id f l i e s with notes on t h e i r h a b i t s . USDA Tech. Bul l . 401. USGPO. 96 pp.

Blake, D . H . 1962. Eight new s p e c i e s of Metachroma from t h e West Ind ie s (Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae). Proc. Ent . Soc. Washington 64: 175-180.

---------- 1970. A review of t h e b e e t l e s of t h e genus Metachroma Chevrolat (Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae). Smithsonian Contr. Zool. 57: 1-111. (pp. 49-50 on Bahamas).

Blocker, H . Der r ick . 1971. D i s t r i b u t i o n o f Balcutha i n t h e Bahama I s l ands , Newfoundland, and Panama (Homoptera: C icade l l i dae ) . J . N . Y . Ent . Soc. 79 : 158-160.

Bradley, J . C . 1964. Fur ther no te s on t h e American t a x a o f Campsomeris (Hymenoptera: Sco l i i dae ) . Ent. News. 75 : 101-108.

Branch, Nina and E . L. Seabrook. 1959. -- Culex (Culex) s c i m i t a r , a new spec i e s o f mosquito from t h e Bahama I s l ands (Dip tera , Cu l i c idae ) . Ent . Soc. Washington Proc. 61: 216-218.

Burks, B . D . 1956. The spec i e s of Chryseida (Hymenoptera, Euryomidae). Bu l l . Brooklyn Ent . Soc. 51: 109-116.

Cambridge, F . 0 . Pickard. 1901. On a c o l l e c t i o n of s p i d e r s . f r o m t h e Bahama I s l ands made by J . L . Bonhote, Esq. with c h a r a c t e r s of a new genus and s p e c i e s of Mygalomorphae. Ann. Mag. Nat. H i s t . s e r . -7 .7: 322-332.

Cazier , Mont A . 1951. The Buprest idae of t h e Bahama I s l a n d s , B r i t i s h West Indies (Coleoptera , Bupres t idae) . Amer. Mus. Nov. 1517: 1-9.

---------- 1952. Additions t o t h e Buprest id fauna of t h e Bahama I s l a n d s , B r i t i s h West Indies (Coleoptera , Bupres t idae) . Amer. Mus. Nov. 1562: 1-10.

---------- and Lionel Lacey. 1952. The Cerambycidae of t h e Bahama I s l a n d s , B r i t i s h West Indies (Coleoptera) . h e r . Mus. Nov. 1588: 1-55.

Chemsak, John A . 1967. Notes on t h e Cerambycidae of Grand Bahama I s l a n d s . Pan Pac. Ent . 43: 181-188.

Chickering, A. M. 1969. The genus Stenoonops (Araneae, Oonopidae) i n Panama and t h e West I n d i e s . Breviora 339: 1-35.

Clench, Harry K . 1941a. Notes on two Bahaman Lycaenidae, wi th -the d e s c r i p t i o n of a new subspec ies . Tor re i a 7: 3-7.

---------- 1941b. A new race of Hemiargus f o r t h e Bahamas. (Lepidoptera: Lycaeidae). Mem. Soc. Cubana H i s t . Nat. 15: 407-408.

---------- 1943. The Lycaenidae o f t h e Bahama I s l ands (Lepidoptera: Rhopalocera) . Psyche 49. : 52-60.

---------- 1963. A synopsis o f West Indian Lycaenidae wi th remarks on t h e i r zoogeography. J . Res. Lepid. 2: 247-270.

Coff in , T. Homer. 1905. Mosquitoes of t h e Bahama Is lands (Discussion) . i n : Sha t tuck , George B . The Bahama I s l a n d s . Geographical Soc ie ty - of Baltimore. Johns Hopkins P r e s s . pp. 275-289.

Comstock, W. P. 1946. A S a t u r n i i d from t h e Bahamas (Lepidoptera) . J . N . Y . Ent . Soc. 54:. 171-172.

---------- and E . I r v i n g Huntington. 1943. 'Lycaenidae o f t h e A n t i l l e s (Lepidoptera, Rhopalocera) . Ann. N.Y. Acad. S c i . 45 : 49- 130.

Curran, C . H . 1953. The As i l i dae and Mydaidae of t h e Bimini I s l a n d s , Bahamas, B r i t i s h West Ind ie s (Dip tera) . Amer. Mus. Nov. 1644: 1-6.

Darl ington, P. J . 1953. West Indian Carabidae (Coleoptera) : t h e Bahama s p e c i e s . Amer. Mus. Nov. 1650: 1-16.

Dodge, H . Rodney. 1965. The Sarcophagidae (Diptera) of t h e West Ind ie s . I . t h e Bahama I s l ands . Ent . Soc. h e r . Ann. 58: 474-497.

Emerson, K . C . 1957. A new s p e c i e s of Mallophaga from a dove. J . Kansas Ent . Soc. 30: 36-38.

Foote, Richard H . 1960. The Tephr i t i dae and O t i t i d a e of t h e Bahama I s l ands (Dip te ra ) . J . N . Y . Ent. Soc. 68: 83-99.

Ford, E v e r e t t J . , Jr. 1973. A r e v i s i o n of t h e genus Petalium LeConte i n t h e United S t a t e s , Grea ter A n t i l l e s , and t h e Bahamas (Coleoptera: Anobiidae). U.S.D.A. Tech. Bul l . 1467: 1-40.

Hampson, S i r George F. 1901. The Lepidoptera-Phalaenae of t h e Bahamas. Ann. Mag. Nat. H i s t . s e r . 7.7: 246-261.

Howard, L . 0 . 1905. Mosquitoes of t h e Bahama I s l ands ( In t roduct ion) i n : Sha t tuck , George B . The Bahama I s l a n d s . Geographical Soc ie ty - of Bal t imore. Johns Hopkins P re s s . pp. 273-274.

---------- , Harrison G . Dyar, and Frederick Knab. 1912-17. The mosquitoes o f North and Cent ra l America and t h e West Ind ie s . Vol. 1-1912; Vol. 2-1912; Vol. 3-1915; Vol. 4-1917. Ptibl. Carnegie I n s t . Washington No. 159.

James, Maurice T. 1953. The St ra t iomyidae (Diptera) of Bimini, B r i t i s h West I n d i e s . h e r . Mus. Nov. 1.613: 1-6.

---------- 1971. Two new spec i e s of Phaenic ia from t h e West Ind ie s (Diptera: Ca l l i phor idae ) . Proc. Ent . Soc..Wash. 73: 381-385.

Johnson, Charles W . 1908. The Dip tera of t h e Bahamas, with n o t e s and d e s c r i p t i o n of one new s p e c i e s . Psyche 15: 69-80.

Knab, Frederick and W . W . Yothers . 1914. Papaya f r u i t f l y . J . Agr. Res. 2: 447-453 + 2 p l .

Krombein, Karl V . 1953. The wasps and bees of t h e Bimini I s l a n d group, Bahamas, B r i t i s h West Ind ie s (Hymenoptera: Aculea ta ) . h e r . Mus. Nov. 1633: 1-29.

Levi, H . W . 1955. The s p i d e r genera Oronota and Stemrnops i n North America, Cen t r a l America, and t h e West Ind ie s (Araneae: The r id i idae ) . Ann. Ent . Soc. h e r . 48: 333-342.

---------- 1957. The America, Cent ra l Bul l . Mus. Comp.

---------- 1959. The Sphyrot inus from Bu l l . Mus . Comp .

s p i d e r genera Crus tu l ina and Stea toda i n North America, and t h e West Ind ie s (Araneae, The r id i idae ) . Zool. 117: 367-424.

s p i d e r genera Achaeranea, Theridion, and Mexico, Cent ra l America, and t h e West I n d i e s . Zool. 121: 57-163.

Linley, John R . and John B . Davies. 1971. Sandf l i e s and tourism i n F lo r ida and t h e Bahamas and Caribbean a r e a . J . Econ. Ent . 64: 264-278.

Llewellyn, Craig H . , Andrew Spielman, and Thomas E . Frothingham, e t a l . 1970. Surviva l of a rbovi ruses i n Aedes a lbonota tus , a peridomest ic Bahaman mosquito. Proc. Soc. Exp. Bio l . Med. 33: 551-554.

Marston, Norman. 1970. Revision of New World spec ies of Anthrax (Diptera: Bombyliidae), o t h e r than t h e Anthrax a l b o f a s c i a t u s group. Smithsonian Contr. Zool. 43: 1-148.

Martin, Charles H . 1957. The Asi l idae of t he Bahama I s l ands with t h e d e s c r i p t i o n of two new spec ie s (Diptera) . Amer. Mus. Nov. 1847: 1-7.

Maynard, Charles Johnson. 1888. Notes on the white a n t , found on the Bahamas. Psyche 5: 149- 150.

Menke, A . S . 1970. The genus Ammophila i n t h e West Indies (Hymenoptera; Sphecidae) . Proc. Ent . Soc. Washington 72: 236-239.

Metcalf , Zeno Payne. 1954. Homoptera from the Bahama I s l a n d s . Amer. Mus. NOV. 1698: 1-46.

Park, Orlando. 1954. The Pselaphidae of South Bimini I s l and , Bahamas, B r i t i s h West Indies (Coleoptera) . Amer. Mus. Nov. 1674: 1-25.

Paulson, Dennis R . 1966. New records of Bahamian Odonata. Quart . J . F lo r ida Acad. S c i . 29: 97-110.

Peckham, G . W . and E . G . Peckham. 1894. Spiders o f t h e Marptusa group. Occ. Papers Nat. H i s t . Soc. Wisconsin 2: 85-156.

P h i l i p , C . B . 1957. New records of Tabanidae (Diptera) i n t h e A n t i l l e s . Amer. Mus. Nov. 1858: 1-16.

---------- 1958. New records o f Tabanidae (Diptera) i n t h e A n t i l l e s . Supplemental r e p o r t . (South Caicos) . Amer. Mus . Nov. 1921: 1-7.

P o r t e r , John E . 1967. A check l i s t of t h e mosquitoes o f t h e Grea ter A n t i l l e s and t h e Bahama and Virgin I s l a n d s . Mosquito News 27: 35-41.

Powell, J e r r y A . 1973. A sys temat ic monograph of New World Ethmiid moths (Lepidoptera: Gelechioidea) . Smithsonian Contr. Zool. 120: 1-302.

Rehn, James A . G . 1906. The Orthoptera of t h e Bahamas. h e r . Mus. Nat. H i s t . Bu l l . 2 2 : 107-118.

Rindge, Frederick H . 1952. The b u t t e r f l i e s of t h e Bahama I s l ands , B r i t i s h West Indies (Lepidoptera) . Amer. Mus. Nov. 1563: 1-18.

---------- 1955. The b u t t e r f l i e s o f t h e Van Voast-American Museum o f Natural His tory Expedit ion t o the Bahama I s l ands , B r i t i s h West I n d i e s . Amer. Mus. Nov. 1715: 1-20.

Ruckes, Herber t . 1952a. Some S c u t e l l e r o i d Hemiptera of t h e Bahama I s l a n d s , B r i t i s h West Ind ie s . Amer. Mus. Nov. 1591: 1-9.

---------- 1952b. Two new spec ie s of Thyanta ~ t s l (Pentatomidae, Heteroptera) . Bul l . Ent . Soc. Brooklyn. 47: 65-68.

Sabrosky, C . W . 1959. A r ev i s ion o f t h e genus Pholeomyia i n North America (Diptera: Mi l i ch i idae ) . Amer. Ent. Soc. Ann. 52: 316-331.

Sakimura. K . 1973. Svnonwnies and c o l l e c t i o n record of R h a e b o t h r i ~ s l a t i v e n t r i s Karny (Thysanoptera: Phlaeothr ip idae) . P a c i f i c I n s e c t s 14: 668.

S c o t t , James A. 1970. A l i s t o f An t i l l ean b u t t e r f l i e s . J . Res. Lepidoptera 9: 249-256.

---------- 1972. Biogeography o f An t i l l ean b u t t e r f l i e s . Bio t ropica 4: 32-45.

Selander , Richard B . and John K . Bouseman. 1960. Meloid b e t t l e s (Coleoptera) o f t h e West Ind ie s . Proc. U.S. Nat l . Mus. 3428, Vol. 111: 197-226.

Sharpe, Emily Mary. 1900. On a c o l l e c t i o n of b u t t e r f l i e s from t h e Bahamas. Zool. Soc. London Proc. 1900: 197-203.

Smith, Marion R. 1954. Ants o f t h e Bimini I s l and group, Bahamas, B r i t i s h West i n d i e s (Hymenoptera, Formicidae) . h e r . Mus . Nov. 1671: 1-16.

Snyder, Fred M. 1958. Muscidae from t h e Bahama Is lands (Diptera) . Amer. Mus. Nov. 1893: 1-4.

Spielman, Andrew and Albe r t E . Weyer. 1965. Descript ion of Aedes (Howardina) a lbonota tus ( C o q u i l l e t t ) , a common domestic mosquito from t h e Bahamas. Mosquito News 25: 339-343.

Stannard, L . J . , Jr. 1955. The spec ie s and subspecies of North American Al lo th r ips (Thysanoptera; Phaeothr ip idae) . Ann. Ent . Soc. Amer. 48: 151-157.

Strohecker , H. F. 1953. The Gry l l ac r id idae and Gryl l idae of t h e Bahama I s l ands , B r i t i s h West Ind ie s . Amer. Mus. Nov. 1618: 1-11.

Valent ine, Barry D. 1955. The Antr ibidae of t h e Bahama I s l ands , B r i t i s h West Ind ie s (Coleoptera) . Amer. Mus. Nov. 1741: 1-11.

Vaurie, P a t r i c i a . 1952a. Insec t c o l l e c t i n g i n the Bimini I s l and group, Bahama I s l a n d s . Amer. Mus. Nov. 1565: 1-24.

- - - - - - - - - - 1952b. The checkered b e e t l e s of t h e Bahama I s l ands , B r i t i s h West Ind ie s (Coleoptera, Cler idae) . Amer. Mus. Nov. 1547: 1-5.

Ward, R . A. 1955. B i t ing l i c e o f t h e genus Saemundssonia (Mallophaga; Phi lopter idae) occurr ing on t e r n s . Proc. U.S. Na t l . Mus. 105 (3353) : 83-100.

Neber, Neal A. 1967. The fungus-growing a n t , Trachymyrmex jamaicensis , on Bimini I s l and , Bahamas (Hymenoptera: Formicidae). Ent. News

Werneck, F. L. 1951. Notas s8bre ma16fagos (Gyropidae) . Rev. B r a s i l . Bio l . 11: 303-313.

West fa l l , Minter J . , Jr. 1960. The Odonata of t h e Bahama I s l ands , t h e West I n d i e s . Amer. Mus. Nov. 2020: 1-12.

Wheeler, William Morton. 1905. The a n t s o f t h e Bahamas, with a l i 2 t of t h e known West Indian spec ie s . Bul l . Amer. Mus. Nat. H i s t . 21: 79-135.

---------- 1934. Some an t s from t h e Bahama I s l ands . Psyche 41: 2.30-232.

Wilson, Edward 0 . 1964. The a n t s of t h e F lo r ida Keys. Breviora 210: 1-14.

Wirth, Wi l l i s W . 1956. The Ephydridae (Diptera) of t h e Bahama I s l ands . Amer. Mus. Nov. 1817: 1-20.

---------- and F. S . Blanton. 1956. A new spec ie s of sal t -marsh sand f l y from F lo r ida , t he Bahamas, Panama, and Ecuador: i t s d i s t r i b u - t i o n and taxonomic d i f f e r e n t i a t i o n from Culicoides furens (Poey) (Diptera, Heleidae) . Flo r ida Ent . 39: 157-162.

and R . W . Williams. 1957. The b i t i n g midges o f t he Bermuda I s l a n d s , wi th d e s c r i p t i o n s o f f i v e new spec ie s (Diptera, Hele idae) . Proc. Ent . Soc. Washington 59: 5-14.

Young, Frank N . 1953. The water b e e t l e s of t h e Bahama I s l ands , B r i t i s h West Indies (Coleoptera: Dyt i sc idae , Gyrinidae, Hydrochidae, Hydrophil idae) . Amer. Mus. Nov. 1616: 1-20.

---------- 1963. A new spec ie s o f Laccophilus from t h e Bahamas (Coleoptera, Dytiscidae) . Amer. Mus. Nov. 2152: 1-5.

F. FOLKLORE

Armbrister , Hi lda . 1917. Proverbs from Abaco, Bahamas. J . Amer. Folk-lore 30: 274.

B e r l i t z , C . 1969. The mystery of A t l a n t i s . Grosset and Dunlap. New York, N . Y .

Clavel , M . 1904. Items of f o l k - l o r e from Bahama Negroes. J . Amer. Folk-lore 17: 36-38.

Cleare , W . T . 1917. Four f o l k - t a l e s from Fortune I s l and , Bahamas. J . Amer. Folk- lore 30: 228-229.

Crowley, Daniel J . 1954. Form and s t y l e i n a Bahamian f o l k t a l e . Carib. Quart . 3: 218-238.

---------- 1966. I could t a l k o l d s t o r y good: c r e a t i v i t y i n Bahamian f o l k l o r e . Folk S tud ie s No. 17, Univ. C a l i f o r n i a Press . 157 pp.

Curry, R o b e ~ t A. 1928. Bahamian l o r e . P r i v a t e l y p r i n t e d . P a r i s . 125 pp. ( o r i g i n a l e d i t i o n , 1010 copies; 2nd ed. (1930), 1030 copies . )

Edwards, C . L . 1889. Folk-lore of t h e Bahama Neg~oes . Amer. J . Psych. 2: 519-542.

---------- 1891. Some t a l e s from Bahaman f o l k - l o r e . J . Amer. Folk- l o r e 3: 47-54; 247-252.

Ferro, Robert and Michael G~umley. 1970. A t l a n t i s - t h e autobiography of a s ea rch . Doubleday. Garden C i ty , N . Y . 168 pp.

Finlay, H . H . 1925. Folk lore from Eleuthera , Bahamas. J . Amer. Folk- l o r e 38: 293-299.

Fitz-James, James. 1909. Bahamian fo lk l o r e . Montreal. 64 pp.

Harr ison, Wyman. 1971. A t l a n t i s undiscovered; Bimini, Bahamas. Nature 230 (No. 5292) : 287-289.

Maynard, Charles J . 1893. Folk-lore among the West Indians . Contr . S c i . 2: 1-23.

Olschki , Leonard. 1941. Ponce de Leon's founta in of youth: h i s t o r y of a geographical myth. Hispanic Amer. His . Rev. 21: 361-385.

Parsons, E l s i e Clews. 1917. Riddles from Andros I s l and , Bahamas. J . Amer. F o l k - l o ~ e 30: 275-277.

---------- 1918. Folk t a l e s of Andros I s l and , Bahamas. Amer. Folk- l o r e Soc. Uem. 13: 1-167.

Peek, Bas i l (arranged and i l l u s t r a t e d by) . 1949. Bahamian Proverbs. The Providence P res s . Nassau. (Reprinted 1971) .

G . GEOLOGY, GEOPHYSICS, AND GEODESY

Anonymous. 1930. The Great Bahama Bank. Geogr. J. 75: 564-565.

---------- 1934. Sedimentation on the Great Bahama Bank. Geogr. J . 83: 74.

---------- 1957. Tongue o f t he Ocean. Sea F r o n t i e r s 3: 147.

---------- 1967. Environmental a t l a s of t h e Tongue of t h e Ocean, Bahamas. U . S . Naval Oceanog. Off ice Spec. Publ. SP-94. 74 pp.

- - - - - - - - - - 1970. Deep s e a d r i l l i n g p r o j e c t : Leg 11. Geotimes 15: 14-16.

Andrews, J . E . 1967. The Bahama Canyon system. Ph.D. d i s s e r t a t i o n . Univers i ty of Miami. Coral Gables, F l o r i d a . 104 pp.

---------- 1968a. Mo.rphology o f t h e ou te r end o f t h e Bahama submarine canyon ( abs t .) . Geol . Soc. Amer. Spec. Paper 101: 4-5.

---------- 1968b. Development of t h e Eleuthera Ridge by l a r g e t u r b i d i t y cu r ren t s ( a b s t . ) . Geol. Soc. h e r . Spec. Paper 115: 7.

---------- 1968c. The Bahama Canyon system ( a b s t . ) . Diss. Abst. , Sec. B , S c i . and Engin. 28: 29243.

---------- 1970. S t r u c t u r e and sedimentary development of t h e o u t e r channel of t h e Great Bahama canyon. Geol. Soc. Amer. Bul l . 81: 217-226.

---------- , Francis P. Shepard, and Robert J. Hurley. 1970. Great Bahama canyon. Geol. Soc. h e r . Bul l . 81: 1061-1078.

Ba l l , M . 1967a. Tectonic c o n t r o l of t h e conf igu ra t ion of t h e Bahama Banks. Gold Coast Assn. Geol. Sc i . 18: 265-267.

---------- 1967b. Carbonate sand bodies of F l o r i d a and t h e Bahamas. J . Sed. P e t r o l . 37: 556-591.

---------- , R. M. Gaudet, and G . Le i s t . 1968. Sparker r e f l e c t i o n se ismic measurements i n Exuma Sound, Bahamas ( a b s t . ) . Amer. Geophy. Union Trans. 49: 196-197.

---------- , C . G . A . Harr i son , R. J. Hurley, and C . E . L e i s t , e t a l . 1969. Bathymetry i n t h e v i c i n i t y of t h e no r theas t e rn sca rp o f t h e Great Bahama Bank and Exuma Sound. Bul l . Mar. S c i . 19: 243-252.

Bal l , M . , B . P. Dash, C . G . A. Harr ison, e t a l . 1971. Refrac t ion se ismic measurements i n t h e no r theas t e rn Bahamas ( a b s t . ) . Eos ( h e r . Geophy. Union Trans.) 52: 252.

Banks, J . E . 1967. Geologic h i s t o r y of t h e Florida-Bahama Platform. i n : Symposium on t h e geologica l h i s t o r y of t h e Gulf of Mexico, - Antillean-Caribbean region . Gulf Coast Assn. Geol. Soc. Trans. 17: 261-264.

Bathurst , R . G . C . 1967a. O o l i t i c f i lms i n low energy carbonate sand g ra ins , Bimini Lagoon, Bahamas. Mar. Geol. 5 : 89-110.

---------- 1967b. Sub t ida l ge l a t inous mat, sand s t a b i l i z e r and food, Great Bahama Bank. J . Geol. 75: 736-738.

---------- 1968. P r e c i p i t a t i o n o f oGids and o the r a ragon i t e f a b r i c s i n warm s e a s . i n : Recent developments i n carbonate sedimentology i n Cent ra l ~ u r q e . German ~ i i l l e r and G . M. Friedman, eds . Springer- Verlag, New York, N . Y .

---------- 1969. Bimini Lagoon. i n : H. G . Multer , ed. F i e ld Guide t o some carbonate rock environments : Flo r ida Keys and western Bahamas. F a i r l e i g h Dickinson Univers i ty . Madison, N . J .

---------- 1971. Carbonate sediments and t h e i r d i agenes i s . (Develop- ments i n Sedimentology 12) . E l sev ie r Publ. Co. New York, N . Y . See e s p e c i a l l y Chapt. 3: Recent c.arbonate environments. 1 : General i n t roduc t ion and the ' Great Bahama Bank.

Bavendamm, W . 1932. Die Mikrobiologische ~ a l k f a l l u n g i n d e r t rop i schen See. Arch. f . Mikrobiol. 3 : 205-276. ( I n t . Expedition t o t h e Bahamas. Contr . No; -7). Ber icht Uber d i e mikrobiologischer Ergenisse e i n e r J a h r e 1930 von d i e ~ n i v e r s i t a t e n Princeton und Rutgers (U.S.A.) unternommen Forschungsreise nach den Bahama-Inseln.

Beales , F. W . 1957. Bahamites and t h e i r s i g n i f i c a n c e i n o i l explora- t i o n . Alber ta Soc. P e t r o l . Geol. J . 5: 227-231.

---------- 1958. Ancient sediments of t he Bahaman type . Bull . h e r . Assn. P e t r o l . Geol. 42: 1845-1880.

---------- 1963. Baldness of bedding su r face . h e r . Assn. P e t r o l . Geol. Bul l . 47: 681-686.

---------- 1965. Diagenesis i n p e l l e t t e d l imestones. i n : Dolomit izat ion and limestone d iagenes is - a symposium. Soc. ECOK Paleon to log i s t s and Minera logis t s Spec. Publ. 13: 49-70.

Bemrose, John. 1950. Bahamas a i rbo rne magnetometer survey. Geophysics 15: 102-109.

Bemrose, John, e t a l . 1948. The Bahamas airborne-magnetometer survey ( a b s t . ) . O i l and Gas J . 46: 11.5. Also Geophysics 13: 495.

Benjamin, George J . 1970. Diving i n t o t h e b l u e h o l e s o f t h e Bahamas. Na t l . Geogr. Mag. 138: 347-363.

Berner, Robert A . 1966. Chemical d i agenes i s o f some modern carbonate sediments . Amer. J . S c i . 264: 1-36.

Bisson, John M . 1960. Modern l imes tones . S h e f f i e l d Univ. Geol. SOC. J . 3: 119-125.

Black, Maurice. 1930a. Great Bahama Bank, a modern s h e l f lagoon ( a b s t . ) . P a n - h e r . Geol. 53: 141-142. Also Geol. Soc. Amer. B u l l . 41: 109'-110.

-Ah------- 1930b. Explor ing t h e Great Bahama Bank. Discovery 11 : 75-78.

- - - - - - - - - - 1933a. The a l g a l sediments o f Andros I s l a n d , Bahamas. P h i l . Trans . Royal Soc. London, Se r . B 222: 165-192.

---------- 1933b. The p r e c i p i t a t i o n o f calcium carbonate on t h e Great Bahama Bank. Geol. Mag. 70: 455-466.

---------- 1933c. The geology and sed imenta t ion of Andros I s l a n d and t h e ad jo in ing p a r t s o f t h e Great Bahama Bank. Abst. Cambridge D i s s . 1932-33: 61-62.

Blackmon, Paul David. 1956. Composition of sediments o f t h e Great Bahama Bank ( a b s t . ) . Geol. Soc. h e r . Bu l l . 67: 1750.

- - - - - - - - - - 1962. Mechanical c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s and mineralogy o f tfie sediments . i n : Environment of calcium carbonate depos i t i on west of Andros ~ s l a x , Bahamas. P. E . Cloud, ed . U.S.G.S. P r o f . Paper 350: 37-64.

Boon, J . D . 1968. Trend s u r f a c e a n a l y s i s of sand t r a c e r d i s t r i b u t i o n on a carbonate beach, Bimini, B r i t i s h West I n d i e s . J. Geol. 76: 71-87.

Bornhold, Brian D . 1970. Carbonate t u r b i d i t e s i n Columbus Basin, Bahamas ( abs t . ) . Geol. Soc. Amer. Abst. 2: 197-198.

- - - - - - - - - - and Orris H. P i l k e y . 1971. B i o c l a s t i c t u r b i d i t e sedimenta- t i o n i n Columbus Basin, Bahamas., Geol. Soc. Amer. Abst. 3: 19.

Bowin, C . O . , R . L . Chase, and J . B . Hersey. 1967. Geclogical a p p l i c a t i o n s o f s e a - f l o o r photography. Deep-sea Photography (Johns Hopkins Oceanographical S tud ie s 3) : 117- 140.

Bracey, D . R . 1963. Geologic i n t e r p r e t a t i o n o f marine magnetic d a t a i n an a r e a o f f t he southern Bahama I s l a n d s . U. S . Naval Oceanog. Off . Rept. 7 pp.

- - - - - - - - - - 1968. S t r u c t u r a l imp l i ca t ions of magnetic anomalies no r th o f t h e Bahamas-Antilles I s l a n d s . Geophy. 33: 950-961.

Broecker, Wallace S . and Taro Takahashi. 1965. Calcium carbonate p r e c i p i t a t i o n on t h e Bahama Banks, West Ind ie s ( a b s t . ) . Geol. Soc. h e r . Spec. Paper 82: 20.

- - - - - - - - - - and - - - - - - - - - - 1966. Calcium carbonate p r e c i p i t a t i o n on the Bashama Banks. J . Geophy. Res. 71: .l575-1602.

- - -. - - - - - - - and D . L . Thurber. 1965. Uranium-series of da t ing o f c o r a l s and o o l i t e s from Bahaman and F lo r ida Key l imestones. Science 149: 58-60.

- - - - - - - - - and J . van Donk. 1970. I n s o l a t i o n changes, i c e volumes, and t h e 018 r eco rd i n deep-sea co re s . Rev. Geophy. Space Physics 8: 196-198.

Brouits , H . # . 1965. Submarine sca rps o f t h e Bahama Banks ( abs t .) . Geol. Soc. Pae r . Spec. Paper 82: 20-21.

/

Bryan, G . M . and R . G . Markel. 1966. Microtopography of the Blake- Baimna r eg ion . Lamont Geol. Observ. Tech. Rept. TR-8. 59 pp.

R~lbb, John A. and Donald K . Atwood, 1968. Recent do lomi t i za t ion of P l e i s tocene limestones by hypersa l ine b r i n e s , Great Inagua I s l a n d , Bah.zrnas ( abs t .) . Amer. Assn. P e t r o l . Geol. Bu l l . 52: 522.

Buchai!:Ln, Hugh and S . Stephen S t r e e t e r . 1970. Determination o f b i o f a c i e s through examination o f foramini fe ra1 wall s t r u c t u r e s , Great Bahama Bank, B.W.I. ( a b s t . ) . Geol. Soc. Amer. Abst. 2: 13-14,

Buckley, Pames D o and E r i c H . Willis. 1970. I so topes ' radiocarbon measurements v i i i . Radiocarbon 12: 87-129.

Burns, Warren W . 1947. Bahamas o i l exp lo ra t ion . ~ e t r 6 l e o Interamericano 5 : 40-45.

Busby, R . F. 1962. Submarine geology o f t he Tongue of t h e Ocean, Bahamas. U . S . Naval Oceanog. Off . Tech. Rept. TR-108: 1-84.

B u t t e r l i n , J , 1956. La c o n s t i t u t i o n g6010gique e t l a s t r u c t u r e des A n t i l l e s . Centre Nat ional de l a Recherche S c i e n t i f i q u e . P a r i s . 453 pp. Bahamas: Chapt. v i , pp. 173-176.

Cameron, Barry. 1968. Ecologica l de te rmina t ion o f t h e source a r e a of some Bahamian t u r b i d i t e s ( a b s t .) . Geol . Soc. Amer. Spec. Paper 115: 33.

Chaplin, C . C . G . 1962. The Hogsty Reef. F ron t i e r s 27: 41-45.

~ h i l i n ~ a r , George Varos. 1960. Ca/Mg r a t i o s of calcareous sediments a s a function of depth and dis tance from shore. Compass 38: 182-186.

Christman, R. A . 1956. Review - Landforms of the southeastern Bahamas by Edwin Doran. Geogr. Rev. 46: 264-266.

Clay, C . S. and P. A. Rona. 1963. On the exis tence of bottom corruga- t i o n s i n the Blake-Bahama Basin. J . Geophy. Res. 69: 231-234.

Cloud, P. E . , Jr. 1955. Bahama Banks west of Andros Is land. ( a b s t . ) . Geol. Soc. h e r . Bull. 66: 1542.

---------- , ed. 1962. Environment of calcium carbonate deposi t ion west of Andros Is land, Bahamas. U.S.G.S. Prof. Paper 350: 1-138.

Coogan, A . H . 1969a. Bahamian and Flor id ian b io fac ies . i n : H. G . Multer, ed. Fie ld guide t o some carbonate rock environments: Flor ida Keys and western Bahamas. Fai r le igh Dickinson Univ. Madison, N . J . (pp. 141-152).

---------- 1969b. Compaction e f f e c t s i n o o l i t i c grainstone. (Abst.). Bul l . Amer. Assn. P e t r o l . Geol. 53: 713.

---------- 1970. Measurements of compaction i n o o l i t i c grainstone. J. Sed . P e t r o l . 40: 921-999.

Craig, G . Y . 1967. Size-frequency d i s t r i b u t i o n s of l i v i n g and dead populations of pelecypods from Bimini, Bahamas, B.W.I. J. Geol. 75: 34-35.

Cunningham, Richard T . 1966. Evaluation of Bahamian o o l i t i c aragoni te sand f o r Flor ida beach nourishment. Shore and Beach 34: 18-21.

Dana, J. D . 1872. Corals and cora l i s l ands . Dodd, Mead, and Co. New York. ( l a t e r ed i t ions : 1874, 1890). 440 pp. I .

Dietz, Robert S . , John C. Holden, andWalter P. Spro l l . 1970. Geotectonic evolution and subsidence of Bahama Platform. Geol. Soc. h e r . Bull . 81: 1g15-1928.

---------- ---------- and - - - - - - - - - - , 1971. Geotectonic evolution and subsidence of Bahama Platform. Reply. Geol. Soc. h e r . Bull. 82: 1131-1132.

---------- and John C . Holden. 1973. Geotectonic evolution and subsidence of the Bahama Platform: reply . Geol. Soc. h e r . Bull. 84: 3477-3482.

---------- and Walter P . S p r o l l . 1970. East Canary Is lands as a micro- continent within the Africa-North America cont inenta l d r i f t f i t . Nature 226: 1043-1045.

Donahue, J . 1968. Recent carbonate sediment i n the Bahamas: a review. Proc. 5 th Carib. Geol. Conf., S t . Thomas, v i r g i n Is. J u l y 1968.

---------- 1969. ~ e n e s i s o f o o l i t e and p i s o l i t e gra ins - an energy index. J . Sed. Pe t ro l . 39: 1399-1411.

Doran, Edwin, Jr. 1955a. Land forms of t h e southeastern Bahamas. Univ. Texas Publ. 5509. Dept. of Geography, Univ. Texas. Austin, Texas. 38 pp. + 12 maps.

---------- 1955b. Ridges of t h e southeast Bahamas (abs t . ) . Ann. Assn. Amer. Geol. 45: 179-180..

Eardley, A . J . 1962. S t r u c t u r a l geology of North America. 2nd ed. Harper and Row, Publishers. New York, N . Y.

E l l i s , Charles W . 1968. Recent carbonate sedimentation and diagenesis i n Walker Cay - Grand Cays area , L i t t l e Bahama Bank (abst .) . Amer. Assn. P e t r o l . Geol. Bull. 52: 526.

Emery, K . 0 . 1967. The A t l a n t i c cont inenta l margin of t h e United S t a t e s during t h e pas t 70 mi l l ion years'. i n : Collected papers on geology of t h e A t l a n t i c region - Hugh ~ilv Memorial Volume (Geol. Ass-n . Canada Spec. Paper 4) : 53- 70.

Englehardt, G . P. 1915. The Bahamas, co ra l r e e f s , and cora l i s l ands . Brooklyn Mus. Quart. 1: 202-215.

Fa l l s , Darryl L . and Daniel A. Textor is . . 1970. Size , gra in type, and mineralogical r e l a t i o n s h i p s i n Recent marine calcareous beach sands Cabst .) . Geol . Soc. Amer. Abst. 2: 208.

---------- and ---------- . 1972. Size , gra in type, and mineralogical r e la t ionsh ips i n Recent marine calcareous beach sands. Sediment. Geol. 7: 89-102.

Fassig, Oliver L . 1905. Magnetic observations i n the Bahama Is lands . i n : Shattuck, George B. The Bahama Is lands . Geographical Society - of Baltimore. Johns Hopkins Press. pp. 99-108.

Fie ld , Richard M. 1928. The Great Bahama Bank. Studies i n marine carbonate sediments. Amer. J . Sci . 16: 239-246.

---------- 1932a. Microbiology and t h e marine limestone. h e r . Geophy. Union Trans. 13: 230-233.

---------- 1932b. Microbiology and t h e marine limestones. Geol. Soc. Amer. Bull . 43: 487-493.

---------- e t a l . 1931. Geology of the Bahamas. Geol. Soc. h e r . Bull. 42: 759-784.

Field, Richard M. and H . H. Hess. 1933a. Borehole i n the Bahamas (abs t . ) . Geol. Soc. Amer. Bull. 44: 85.

---------- and ---------- . 1933b. A bore hole i n the Bahamas. h e r . Geophy . Union Trans. 14 : 234-235.

Fruth, Lester Sylvester, Jr. 1'967. Compaction e f f ec t s and'depth- pressure re la t ionships i n Bahamian sediments (abst . ) . Diss. Abst. Ser . B . , Sc i . and Engin. 28: 2479B.

---------- , G . R. Ome, and F . A. Donath. 1966. Experimental compac- t i on e f f ec t s i n carbonate sediments. J . Sed. Petrol . 36: 747-754.

Garman, R . K . 1960. A geological and geochemical investigation of a deep well on Andros Island, Bahamas. M.S. thes i s . Florida S t a t e Univ. Tallahassee, Florida.

---------- and H . G . Goodell. 1962. Geochemistry and petrography of the Superior O i l Company t e s t well on Andros Island, B .W. I . a s compared t o Recent Bahaman sediments. Geol. Soc. Amer. Spec. Paper 68: 71.

Garret t , Peter. 1970. Phanerozoic stromatoli tes; noncompetitive ecologic ~ e s t ~ i c t i o n by grazing and burrowing animals. Sciexice 169 (XMl) : 171-173.

1971. The sedimentary record of l i f e on a modern t rop ica l carbonate t i d a l f l a t , Andros Island, Bahamas. Diss. Abst. 32: 1022B.

Gibson, T. G . and J . 'Sch lee . 1967. Sediments and foss i l i fe rous rocks from the eastern s ide of the Tongue of the Ocean, Bahamas. Deep Sea Res . 14 : 691- 702.

Gifford, J. A. 1971. Geological invest igat ion of submerged feature off Paradise Point, Bimini, Bahamas. Univ. M i a m i , School Mar. Atmospheric Sci . Xe~ox Rept. 022571. 17 pp.

Ginsburg, Robert N . 1968. The in te rac t ion of environments and sediments on Great Bahama Bank (abst . ) . i n : National symposium on ocean sciences and engineering of the ~ t l a z i c Shelf , Philadelphia, 1968, Trans. M ~ T . Technology Soc. Washington, D. C. pp. 285-286.

---------- , Owen P. Bricker, and Harold R. Wanless. 1970. Exposure index and sedimentary s t ruc tures of a Bahama t i d a l f l a t (abst .) . Geol. Soc. Amer. Abst. 2: 744-745.

---------- 3 ----------, and ---------- , and Peter Garrett. 1971.

Exposure index and sedimentary s t ruc tures of a Bahama t i d a l f l a t . i n : H. G. Multer, ed. Field guide t o some carbonate rock environ- - ments: Florida Keys and western Bahamas. pp.. 33A-B.

Ginsburg, Robert N. and H. A. Lowenstam. 1958. The influence of marine bottom communities on the depositional environment of sediments. J. Geol . 66: 310-318.

---------- and E. L. Martin. 1965. Radiocarbon ages of oolitic sands on Great Bahama Bank (abst.). Amer. Geophy. Union Trans. 46: 167.

Glockhoff, Carolyn. 1973. Geotectonic evolution and subsidence of the Bahama Platform: discussion. Geol. Soc. Amer. Bull. 84: 3473-3476.

Glover, E. D. and L. C. Pray. 1971. High-magnesium calcite and aragonite cementation within modern subtidal carbonate sediment grains. in: Carbonate cements. Johns Hopkins Univ. Stud. in Geol. No. 19: - 80-87.

Goedicke, T. R. 1960. Some geological results of underwater sound measurements in the Bahamas. Tech. Rept. Mar. Lab., Univ. Miami No. 60.

Goldman, Marcus J. 1926. Proportions of detrital organic calcareous constituents and their chemical alteration in a reef sand from the Bahamas. Publ. Carnegie Inst. Washington 344: 37-66.

Goodell, H. G. and R. K. Garman. 1969. Carbonate geochemistry of superior deep test well, Andros Island, Bahamas. Amer. Assn. Petrol. Geol. Bull. 53: 513-536.

Guilcher, A. 1969a. Sedimentation and sediments in atoll lagoons and behind barrierreef in coral seas. - in: Coastal lagoons, a symposium. UNAM-UNESCO, Mexico, D.F. 1967. (A. Ayala Castanares and F. B. Phleger, eds .) ~gxico, D .F . , Univ. Nacional Aut6nomica ~gxico. pp. 193-220.

---------- 1969b. Pleistocene and Holocene sea level changes. Earth- Sci. Rev. 5: 68-97.

Hardie, Lawrence A. 1969. Algal crusts from the Bahamas (abst.). her. Assn. Petrol. Geol. Bull. 53: 721.

---------- . and Robert N. Ginsburg. 1971. The sedimentary record of a tidal flat lamination. Geol. Soc. Amer. Abst. 3: 591.

Harrington, J. 1 andf orms knoll, No

W. and E. L. Haylewood. 1962. Comparison of Bahamian with depositional topography of Nena Lucia dune-reef- lan County, Texas - study in uniformitarianism. Amer.

Assn. Petrol. Geol. Bull. 46: 354-373.

Hathaway, John C. and Eugene C. Robertson. 1960. Microtexture of artificially consolidated aragonitic mud (abst.) . Geol. Soc. Amer. Bull. 71: 1883.

Hathaway, John C . and Eugene C . Robertson. 1961. Microtexture of a r t i f i c i a l l y consolidated a ragoni t i c mud, art.257. U.S.G.S. Prof. Paper 424-C; C-301-C304.

Hess, Harold Hammond. 1933a. Submerged r iver-val leys o f the Bahamas. Amer. Geophy. Union Trans. 14: 168-170.

---------- 193%. The Navy-Princeton gravi ty expedition t o the West Indies i n 1932;. i n t e rp r e t a t i on of geological and geophysical observations. U. S. Hydrographic Off. Bahamas: pp. 26-54.

---------- 1959 (appeared i n 1960). Origin of Tongue of the Ocean and other g r ea t val leys of t he Bahama Bank. 2nd. Carib. Geol. Cong. Trans. f o r 1959: Mayagiiez, Puerto Rico. pp. 160-161.

Hinman, Eugene' E . 1973. Marine geology (prepared f o r use on San Salvador Is land, Bahamas). College Center of the Finger Lakes. Corning, New York. 35 pp.

Hoffmeister, J. E . and H. G. Multer. 1968. Geology and o r i g in of the Florida Keys. Geol. Soc. Amer. Bull. 79: 1487-1501.

---------- , K . W. Stockman, and H. G. Multer. 1967. Miami limestone of Florida and i t s recent Bahamian counterpart. ~ e o i . Soc. Amer. Bull. 78: 175-190.

Hurley, Robert J . 1964. Bathymetry of the S t r a i t s o f Florida and the 'Bahama Is lands . Pa r t 111. Southern S t r a i t s of Florida. Bull. Mar. Sc i . Gulf Carib. 14: 373-380.

---------- and F. P. Shepard. 1965. Submarine canyons i n the Bahamas ( ,abst .) . Geol. Soc. Amer. Spec. Paper 82: 99.

---------- , V. B. S ieg le r , and L. K. Fink, Jr. 1962. Bathymetry of t he S t r a i t s of Flor ida and the Bahama Is lands . 1. Northern S t r a i t s of Flor ida . Bull. Mar. Sci . Gulf Carib. 12: 313-321.

Husseini, S. I . and R. K . Matthews. 1972. Dis t r ibut ion of high-magnesium c a l c i t e i n lime muds o f ' t h e Great Bahama Bank: diagenetic implica- t i ons . J. Sed. Pe t ro l . 42: 179-182.

I l l i n g , L . V . 1954. Bahaman calcareous sands. Amer. Assn. Pet rol . Geol. Bull. 38: 1-95.

I l l i n g , M. A. 1950. The mechanical d i s t r i bu t i on of Recent Foraminifera i n Bahama Banks sediments. Ann. Mag. Nat. H i s t . 12th Ser. 3: 757-761.

Imbrie, John. 1962. Class i f i ca t ion of modern Bahamian carbonate sediments. i n : C lass i f i ca t ion o f carbonate rocks - a symposium. Amer. Assn. pe t ro l . Geol. Mem. 1: 253-272,

Imbrie, John. 1964. Sedimentary s t ruc tures i n modern carbonate sands of the Bahamas (abs t . ) . h e r . Assn. Petrol . Geol. Bull. 48: 533.

---------- and H . Buchanan. 1965. Sedimentary s t ructures i n modern carbonate sands of the Bahamas. Soc. Econ. Palaeontologists, Mineralogists, Spec. Publ. 12: 149-172.

---------- and E . G . Purdy. 1962. Class i f icat ion of modern Bahaman carbonate sediments. i n : W . E . Ham, ed. Class i f icat ion of carbon- a t e rocks. Amer. ASST Petrol . Geol . Tulsa, Oklahoma. pp. 253-272.

Jordan, G . F. 1954. Large sink holes i n the S t r a i t s of Florida. Amer. Assn. Pe t ro l . Geol. Bull. 38: 1810-1817.

Kier, Je r ry S. and Orrin H . Pilkey. 1969. Carbonate mineralogy f luctu- a t ions i n Tongue of the Ocean pis ton cores (abst . ) . Geol. Soc. Amer. Spec. Paper 121: 449.

---------- and ---------- 1971. The influence of sea level changes on sediment carbonate mineralogy, Tongue of the Ocean, Bahamas. Mar. Geol. 11: 189-200.

Kinsman, David J. and H. D . Holland. 1969. The co-precipitat ion of cations with CaC03 - pa r t 4. The co-precipitat ion of srZf with aragonite between 16" and 96" C. Geochim. Cosmochim. Acta 33: 1-17.

Kornicker, Louis S. 1958. Bahamian limestone c rus t s . Gulf Coast Assn. Geol. Soc. Trans. 8: 167-170.

---------- 1962. Hydrography and sedimentology i n the v i c in i t y of Bimini, Great Bahama Bank (abst . ) . Texas J . Sci . 14: 415-416.

---------- 1963. The Bahama Banks: a "living" f o s s i l environment. J . Geol. Ed. 11: 17-25.

---------- 1964. Form rep l ica of a submerged ba r r i e r chain with lagoonal basin off South Cat Cay, Bahamas. Bull. Mar. Sci . Gulf Carib. 14: 168-171.

---------- and E . G . Purdy. 1957. A Bahamian faecal-pel le t sediment. J. Sed. Pe t ro l . 27: 126-128.

Kowalski, Sandra J . and Ariel G. Schrodt. 1966. Packard Instrument Company radiocarbon dates I I . . Radiocarbon 8 : 286-289.

Kvenvolden, Keith A. 1965. Radiocarbon dating of f rac t ions of a sample of Bahama carbonate sediment. J. Sed. Petrol . 35: 874-876.

Laporte , L . F . 1968. Recent carbonate environments and t h e i r paleoeco- logic implications. i n : E . T. Drake, ed. Evolution and environment. Yale Univ. Press. NZ Haven, Connecticut. pp. 229-258.

Laporte, L . F . and J . Imbrie. 1964. Phases and fac ies i n t h e in te rp re - t a t i o n of cyc l i c deposi ts . Geol. Surv. Kansas Bull. 169: 249-263.

Lee, C . S. 1951. Geophysical surveys on the Bahama Banks. J. I n s t . P e t r o l . 37: 633-657.

Lidz, Barbara. 1973. Biostrat igraphy of Neogene cores from Exuma Sound d i a p i r s , Bahama Islands. Amer. Assn. Pe t ro l . Geol. Bull. 57: 841- 857.

Lind, Aulis 0 . 1968. Coastal landforms of Cat Is land, Bahamas. Ph.D. d i s s . , Universi ty of Wisconsin. Madison, Wisconsin.

---------- 1969a. Coastal landforms of Cat Island, Bahamas. Dept. Geography Research Paper 122. Dept. of Geogr., Univ. Chicago. Chicago, I l l i n o i s . 156 pp.

---------- 1969b. Recent high sea- level s tands i n t h e Bahamas (abs t . ) . Assn. Amer. Geogr. Ann. 59: 191.

Lowenstam, Heinz Adolf and Samuel Epstein. 1957. On the o r ig in of sedimentary aragoni te needles of the Great Bahama Bank. J. Geol. 65: 364-375.

Lucas, Gabriel . 1970. L t e f f e t des mouvements de l t e a u e t de l a morphologie sous-marine s u r l a r g p a r t i t i o n des d6p6ts. Soc. G6ol. Fr . C.R. S6r. D 270: 1417-1420.

Lushene, J . P. 1932. Gravity-observations i n the Bahamas. Amer. Geophy. Union Trans. 13: 57-58.

Luyendyk, B. P., Elazar Uchupi, and J. D. Milliman. 1970. S t ruc tu re of t h e southeastern Bahamas ( a b s t . ) . Eos (Amer. Geophy. Union Trans.) 51: 825.

Lynts, George W . 1970. Conceptual model of the Bahamian'platform f o r t h e l a s t 135 mi l l ion years. Nature 225: 1226-1228.

---------- and James B. Judd. 1971. Late Pleistocene paleotemperatures a t Tongue of t h e Ocean, Bahamas. Science 171: 1143-1144.

---------- ---------- , and Charles F. Stehman. 1973. Late Pleistocene h i s t o r y of Tongue of t h e Ocean, Bahamas. Geol. Soc. Amer. Bull. 84: 2665-2683.

------------ and Charles F. Stehman. 1969. Deep-sea Eocene i n Northeast Providence Channel, o r i g i n of Bahamas, and sea-f loor spreading (summary). Geol. Soc. Amer. Abst. with Programs 1969, p t . 7: 281-282.

McCallum, J . S. and R . N . Ginsburg. 1965. Formation of Recent o o l i t i c sands on Great Bahama Bank (abs t . ) . Amer. Geophy. Union Trans. 46: 166.

McCallum, M. F. and K. Guhathakurta. 1970. The precipitation of calcium carbonate from seawater by.bacteria. J. Appl. Bacteriology 33: 649-655.

McCammon, Richard B. 1968. Multiple component analysis and its appli- cation to classification of environments. Amer. Assn. Petrol. Geol. Bull. 52: 2178-2196.

---------- 1969. Models of geologic processes, an introduction to mathematical geology - AGI/CEGS short course lecture notes. Philadelphia. Amer. Geol. Inst. Washington, D. C. pp. RMA 1- RMF 6.

Malfait, Bruce T. and Menno G. Dinkelman. 1972. Circum-Caribbean tectonic and igneous activity and the evolution of the Caribbean plate. Geol. Soc. Amer. Bull. 83: 251-272.

Malloy, R. J.'and R. J. Hurley. 1970. Geomorphology and geologic structure: Straits. of Florida. Geol. Soc. Amer. Bull. 81: 1947-1972.

Margolis, Stanley and Robert W. Rex. 1971. Endolithic algae and micrite envelope formation in Bahamian oalites as revealed by scannlng electron microscopy. Geol. Soc. Amer. Bull. 82: 843-851.

Martin, Ernest L. and Robert N. Ginsburg. 1965. Radiocarbon dates of oolitic sands on Great Bahama Bank. in: 6th Int. Conf. Radiocarbon and Trf tium Dating, 1965, Proc. U. ~ T ~ t o m i c Energy Comm. Rept. CO NF-650652: 705-719.

Martin, J. R. and H. G. Goodell. 1969. ~lorida State University radiocarbon dates 111. Radiocarbon 11: 15-21.

Mason, R. G. 1950. Geophysics in 1947: Rev. Petroleum Technology 1947, V O ~ . 9: 31-36.

Maynard, Charles Johnson. 1894. Subterranean water ways in the Bahama Islands. Contr. Sci. 2: 182-191.

Miller, Daniel Newton, Jr. 1961. Early diagenetic dolomite associated with salt extraction process, Inagua, Bahamas. J. Sed. Petrol. 31: 473-476.

Miller, Donald G. and Adrian F. Richards. 1969. Consolidation and sedimentation-compression studies of a calcareous core, Exuma Sound, Bahamas. Sedimentology 12: 301-306.

Milliman, John D. 1966. The marine geology of Hogsty Reef, a Bahamian atoll. Ph.D. Diss. University of Miami. Coral Gables, Florida. 292 pp.

---------- 1967a. Carbonate sedimentation on Hogsty Reef, a Bahamian atoll. J. Sed. Petrol. 37 : 658-676.

Milliman, John D . 1967b. The geomorphology and h i s t o r y of Hogsty Reef, a Bahamian a t o l l . Bull . Mar. S c i . Gulf Carib. 17: 519-543.

---------- 1967c. Guyot-like f e a t u r e s i n the southeas tern Bahamas: a prel iminary r e p o r t . I n t . Conf. Trop. Oceanog. Proc. Univ. Miami, November 17-24, 1965 : 45-55.

---------- 1968a. The marine geology of Hagsty Reef - a Bahamian a t o l l (abs t . ) . Diss. Abst. Sec. B , S c i . Engin. 28: 2901B-2902B.

---------- 1968b. Carbonate sedimentation on Hogsty Reef, a Bahamian a t o l l ( a b s t . ) . Geol. Soc. Amer. Spec. Paper 101: 140.

---------- and William M . Stephens. 1965. Rare A t l a n t i c a t o l l . Sea Front iers 11: 342-353.

Miner, R . W . 1931. Forty tons of co ra l . Nat. H i s t . 31: 374-387.

---------- 1934. Coral c a s t l e bu i lde r s of t r o p i c seas . Natl . Geog. Mag. 65: 703-728.

Mi t t e re r , Richard M. 1969. The o r i g i n o f calcareous o o l i t e s ( a b s t . ) . Geol. Soc. Amer. Abst. 1969: 54-55.

Monaghan, Pa t r i ck Henry and Melba L. Lytle . 1956. The o r ig in o f ca l - careous o o l i t h s . J . Sed. P e t r o l . 26: 111-118.

Monroe, Frederick F. 1969. o o l i t i c a ragoni te and quar tz sand: labora- t o r y comparison under wave ac t ion . U. S. Army Corps Engin., Coastal Engin. Res. Center. Misc. Paper 1-69. 84 pp.

Monty, Claude L . V. 1965. Recent a l g a l s t romato l i t e s i n the windward lagoon, Andros Is land, Bahamas. Ann. Soc. ~ 6 0 1 . Belgique Bull . 88: 269-276.

---------- 1966. Geological and environmental s ign i f i cance of Cyanophyta ( abs t . ) . Diss. Abst. Sec. B . , Sc i . Engin. 27: 211B.

---------- 1967. Dis t r ibu t ion and s t r u c t u r e o f Recent s t r o m a t o l i t i c a l g a l mats, e a s t e r n Andros Is land, Bahamas. Ann. Soc. ~ 6 0 1 . Belgique Bul l . 90: B55-B100.

~ i i l l e r , German. 1970. Petrology of the c l i f f limestone (Holocene), North Bimini, Bahamas. Neues Jahrb. Mineral. Montasch. 11: 507-523.

Uul ter , H . Gray. 1969. (ed.) . F ie ld guide t o some carbonate rock environments: F lor ida Keys and western Bahamas. Fa i r l e igh Dickinson Univ. Madison, N. J . 66 pp.

Murray, Grover E . 1961. Geology of the A t l a n t i c and Gulf Coastal . Province of North America. Harper and Brothers. New York, N . Y. 692 pp.

Nelson, Richard. 1853. On the geology o f t h e Bahamas and on cora l formations genera l ly . Geol. Soc. London Quart. J. 9: 200-215.

Neumann, A. Conrad. 1973. Quaternary s e a l e v e l h i s t o r y of Bermuda and the Bahamas. AMQUA meeting prospectus, 4-5 December 1973. Miami, F lor ida .

---------- , Conrad D. Gebelein, and Terence P. Scoff in . 1970. The composition, s t r u c t u r e , and e r o d a b i l i t y o f s u b t i d a l mats, Abaco, Bahamas. J . Sed. P e t r o l . 40: 274-297.

---------- and L. S. Land. 1969. Algal production and lime deposi t ion i n t h e Bight o f Abaco: a budget: Geol. Soc. Amer. Spec. Paper 121: 219.

Newell, Norman D. 1951. Organic r e e f s and submarine dunes of o o l i t e sand around Tongue of t h e Ocean, Bahamas ( a b s t . ) . Geol. Soc. Amer. Bull . 62: 1466.

---------- 1954. Reefs and sedimentary processes of Raroia. Atol l Res. Bull . 36: 1-35.

---------- 1955. Bahamian Platforms. i n Symposium: Crust of t h e Earth, Arie Poldervaart , ed. Geol. ~ o c . % e r . Spec. Paper 62: 303-316.

---------- 1958. The Great'Bahama Bank ( a b s t . ) . Assn. Is. Mar. Lab. 2nd Meeting, 1958: 22-23.

---------- 1959a. Questions o f t h e co ra l r e e f s . Nat. H i s t . 68: 118-131.

1959b. The cora l r e e f s . P a r t 2. Nat. H i s t . 69: 226-235.

---------- 1960. Marine p lanat ion of t r o p i c a l l imestone i s l ands . Science 132: 144-145.

---------- 1965. Warm i n t e r s t a d i a l i n t e r v a l i n Wisconsin s t age of t h e Ple is tocene . Science 148: 1488.

---------- 1971. An o u t l i n e h i s t o r y o f t r o p i c a l organic r e e f s . h e r . MIJS. NOV. 2465: 1-37.

---------- and J. Imbrie. 1955. Biogeological reconnaissance i n the Bimini a rea , Great Bahama Bank. N . Y . Acad. S c i . Trans. 11. 19: 3-14.

---------- ---------- , Louis Kornicker, and Edward Purdy. 1956. Bahamian limestone seas ( a b s t . ) . Geol. Soc. Amer. Bull. 67: 1820.

---------- , J . Imbrie, E . G . Purdy, and D. L. Thurber. 1959. Organism communities and bottom f a c i e s , Great Bahama Bank. Amer. Mus. Nat. H i s t . Bull . 117: 177-228.

Newell, Norman D . , E . G . Purdy, and J . Imbrie. 1960. Bahamian o o l i t i c sand. J . Geol. 68: 481-497.

---------- and Keith J . Rigby. 1954. Calcium carbonate deposits of the Great Bahama Bank, B.W.I. J. Paleont. 28: 510.

---------- and ---------- . 1957. Geological s tud ies on the Great Bahama Bank. i n : R. J . LeBlanc and J . G . Breeding, eds. Regional aspects of c a r E n a t e deposit ion Soc. Econ. Paleont. Mineral. Spec. Publ. 5: 15-72. (Erra ta : J . Sed. Pe t ro l 28: 111).

---------- , ---------- , A. J . Whiteman, and J. S. Bradley. 1951. Shoal water geology and environments, eas te rn Andros Island, Bahmas. Amer. Mus. Nat. H i s t . Bull. 97: 1-30.

Northrop, John I . 1890. Notes on the geology of the Bahamas. N. Y . Acad. Sc i . Trans. 10: 4-23. (Reprinted i n : John I . Northrop. A n a t u r a l i s t i n the Bahamas. Memorial volume. Columbia Univ. Press. New York, N . Y . pp. 27-47).

Oppenheimer, C . H . 1961. Note on the formation of spher ical aragonite bodies i n the presence of bac t e r i a from the Bahamas Bank. Geochim. Cosmochim. Acta 23: 295-296.

Owens, Harold. 1960a. Florida-Bahama Platform (abs t . ) . h e r . Assn. Pe t ro l . Geol. Bull. 44: 1602.

---------- 1960b. Florida-Bahama Platform (abs t . ) . h e r . Assn. Pe t ro l . Geol. Bull. 44: 1254.

---------- 1960c. Florida-Bahama Platform ( abs t . ) . Gulf Coast Assn. Geol. Soc. Trans. 10: 86.

Parker, Andrew. 1972. Mineralogy and geotechnical proper t ies of a deep sea carbonate sediment. go technique 22: 155-159.

Parks, James M. 1969. Mult ivariate fac ies maps. i n : Symposium on computer appl ica t ions i n petroleum exp lora t ion , Kansas Geol . Surv. Computer Contr. 40: 6-12.

Perkins, R . D . and Paul Enos. 1968. Hurricane Betsy i n the Florida- Bahama area -- geologic e f f e c t s and comparison with Hurricane Donna. J . Geol. 76: 710-717.

---------- and ---------- . 1969. Comparison of geologic e f f ec t s of Hurricanes Donna and Betsy i n the Florida-Bahama area (abs t . ) . Geol. Soc. Amer. Spec. Paper 121: 460-461.

Pilkey, 0 . H . 1966. Mineralogy of Tongue of the Ocean sediments. J. Mar. Res . (Sears Found., Mar. Fes .) . 24: 276-285.

Pilkey, 0 . H . , James B . Rucker, and Normitsu Watabe. 1968. Poss ib le sea- level carbonate mineralogy r e l a t i o n s h i p i n Tongue of t h e Ocean sediments ( a b s t . ) . Geol. Soc. Amer. Spec. Paper 101: 371.

P r a t t , Richard M. 1968. A t l a n t i c cont inenta l s h e l f and slope of t h e United S t a t e s - physiography and sediments o f t h e deep-sea bas in . U.S.G.S. Prof . Paper 529B: B1-B44.

---------- and Cruve C . Heezen. 1964. Topography of the Blake Pla teau . Deep-sea Res. 11: 721-728.

P ress le r , E . D . 1946-47. General geology and occurrence of o i l i n Flor ida . O i l and Gas J. 45 (25) : 113 (1946) ; republished: 45 (47) : 119-120 (1947) ; republished; O i l Weekly 123: 34 (1946).

---------- 1947. Geology and occurrence of o i l i n Flor ida . h e r . Assn. P e t r o l . Geol. Bull . 31: 1851-1862.

Pryor, Robert. 1970. Formation of a deep-water submarine canyon head i n the Tongue of t h e Ocean. Bull. Mar. S c i . 20: 813-829.

Psuty, Norbert P. and James S. Bailey. 1969. Lagoons, i s l ands , o f f - shore i s l ands , shore l ine and banks. - i n : Earth resource surveys from spacec ra f t , vol . 2; R . A. Leetsma, p r inc ipa l inves t iga to r ; R. A. White, ed. NASA, Earth Resources Group, Houston, Texas. pp. G-7- G- 14.

Purdy, Edward George. 1960. Recent calcium carbonate f a c i e s of t h e Great Bahama Bank. ( abs t . ) . Diss. Abst. 21: 852.

---------- 1961. Bahamian oGl i t e shoals . i n : J. A. Peterson and J. C. Osmund, eds . Geometry of sandstone bodies - a symposium. h e r . Assn. P e t r o l . Geol. ann. meeting, 1960, Tulsa, Oklahoma. pp. 53-62.

---------- Bank.

---------- Bank.

---------- Bank. 1964.

1963a. Recent calcium carbonate f a c i e s o f the Great Bahama 1. Petrography and r e a c t i o n groups. J. Geol. 71: 334-355.

1963b. Recent calcium carbonate f a c i e s of t h e Great Bahama 2. Sedimentary f a c i e s . J. Geol. 71: 472-497.

and J. Imbrie. 1964. Carbonate sediments, Great Bahama Guidebook f o r F ie ld Tr ip No. 2, Geol. Soc. h e r . Convention Geol. Soc. Amer. New York, N . Y. 66 pp.

and L. S. Kornicker. 1958. Algal d i s i n t e g r a t i o n o f Bahamian limestone coas t s . J. Geol. 66: 97-109.

Raphael, C . Nicholas. 1971. Geomorphic reconnaissance o f t h e southern por t ion o f Great Abaco I s l and , Bahamas (abs t . ) . Michigan Acad. S c i . A r t s , Le t t e r s , Geol. Mineral Sect . Program with abs t . f o r 1971.

Reed, F. R . C. 1921. Geology of t h e B r i t i s h Empire. Edward Arnold Co. London. Second e d i t i o n , 1949. Bahamas, p . 265.

Rich, J . L . 1948. Submarine sedimentary f e a t u r e s on Bahama Banks and t h e i r bear ing on d i s t r i b u t i o n p a t t e r n s o f l e n t i c u l a r o i l sands. Amer. Assn. P e t r o l . Geol. Bul l . 32: 767-779.

Richard, T. C . and A . B. Malone. 1949. A g r a v i t y survey o f southern Andros I s l and and ad jo in ing marine a r e a i n t h e Bahamas. Monog. Nat. Royal Astron. Soc., Geophy. Supplement 5: 336-342.

Richards, Adrian F. and Donald G . Mi l l e r , Jr. 1969. E f f e c t i v e over- burden pressures i n carbonate sediment, Exuma Sound, Bahamas ( abs t .) . Eos 50: 195.

Richards, Horace G . 1971. Sea l e v e l during t h e p a s t 11,000 yea r s a s i n d i c a t e d by d a t a from North and South America. Quaternar ia 14: 7-15.

---------- 1972. Some aspec t s o f t h e marine Quaternary of t h e Caribbean a r e a . VI Conf . Geol . d e l Caribe Margari ta , Venezuela Memorias : 426-429.

Richards, T . C . 1948. S c i e n t i f i c o i l p rospect ing . An account of geophysical methods used i n t h e Bahamas survey. Discovery n . s . 9: 274-280.

Riddel l , J . 0. 1933. Excluding s a l t from i s l a n d we l l s . A theory of occurrence of groundwater based on experience a t Nassau, Bahama I s l a n d s . Civ. Engin. 3: 383-385.

Robertson, E , C . 1958. Experimental conso l ida t ion of a ragon i t e mud ( a b s t . ) . Wash. Acad. S c i . J . 48: 142-143.

Robinson, R. B . 1967. Diagenesis and p o r o s i t y developfient i n Recent and P le i s tocene o o l i t e s from southern F lo r ida and t h e Bahamas. J . Sed. P e t r o l . 37: 355-364.

Roehl , Perry 0. 1967. Stony Mountain (Ordovician) and I n t e r l a k e ( S i l u r i a n ) f a c i e s analogs of Recent low-energy marine and s u b a e r i a l carbonates , Bahamas. h e r . Assn. P e t r o l . Geol. Bul l . 51: 1979-2032.

Rosgn, N i l s . 1911. Cont r ibut ion t o t h e fauna of t he Bahamas. I . A genera l account o f t h e fauna, wi th remarks on the physiography of t h e i s l a n d s . 11. The Rep t i l e s . 111. The f i s h e s . Lunds Univ. Xrssk. N.F., Afd. 2, Bd. 7: 3-72. (Acta Univ. Ludensis, nova s e r i e s ) .

Rubin, M . and C . Alexander. 1958. U. S . Geological Survey radiocarbon d a t e s . Science 127 (3313) : 1476-1487.

Rucker, J . B . 1968. Carbonate mineralogy of sediments o f Exwna Sound, Bahamas. J . Sed. P e t r o l . 38: 68-72.

Rutten, L. M. R. 1938. Bibliography of West Indian geology. Cedr. en Geol. Meded. Physiogr.-geol. Reeks No. 16. Utrecht. 103 pp.

Sanders, J . E . and J . Imbrie. 1963. Continuous cores o f Bahainian c a l - careous sands made by v ib ro d r i l l i n g . Geol. Soc. h e r . Bull . 74,: 1287-1292.

Schalk, M . 1946. Submarine topography o f f Eleuthera Is land, Bahamas ( a b s t . ) . Geol. Soc. h e r . Bull . 57: 1228.

Schneider, E r i c D. 1964. Sediments o f the Caicos Cone, Bahamas ( a b s t . ) . h e r . Assn. Pe t ro l . Geol. Bull . 48: 546.

---------- and B . C . Heezen. 1966. Sediments of t h e Caicos ou te r r idge , the Bahamas. Geol. Soc. Amer. Bull . 77: 1381-1398.

Schuchert, Charles. 1935. H i s t o r i c a l geology of t h e Ant i l lean - Carib- bean region. John Wiley and Sons. New York, N . Y. Reprint, 1968. Hafner Publ. Co. New York, N . Y . 811 pp.

Scoff in , Terence P. 1970. A conglomerate beachrock i n Bimini, Bahamas. J . Sed. P e t r o l . 40: 756-759.

Seibold, Eugen. l962a. Untersuchungen zur Kalkf i l lung und Ka lk lkung am Westrand der Great Bahama Bank (with English summary). Sedimen- tology 1: 51-74.

---------- 1962b. Das Kora l l en r i f f a l s geologisches Problem. Naturw. Rundschau 15 : 357- 363.

---------- 1964. Beobachtung zur Schichtung i n Sedimenten am Westrand der Great Bahama Bank. Sedimentology 1: 50-74.

Sharpies, S. P. 1883. Turks I s l and and the guano caves o f t h e Caicos I s l ands . Boston Soc. Nat. H i s t . Proc. 22: 242-252.

Shattuck, George Burbank and Benjamin LeRoy Mi l l e r . 1905. Physiography and geology of t h e Bahama I s l ands . i n : Shattuck, G. B . The Bahama I s l ands . Geographical Society of ~ x t i m o r e . Johns Hopkins Press . Baltimore, Maryland. pp. 2-30.

Sheridan, Robert E . 1971. Geotectonic evolut ion and subsidence of Bahama Platform; d iscuss ion. Geol. Soc. h e r . Bull . 82: 807-809.

---------- 1972. Crus ta l s t r u c t u r e of the Bahama Platform from t h e Rayleigh wave d ispers ion . J . Geophy . Res . 77: 2139-2145.

---------- , R . M. Berman, and D. B . Corman. 1971. Faulted limestone block dredged from Blake Escarpment. Geol. Soc. h e r . Bull . 82: 199-205.

Sheridan, Robert E . , G . K . E l l i o t t , and B . L . Oostdam. 1970. .Seismic- r e f l e c t i o n p r o f i l e across Blake Escarpment near Great Abaco Canyon. Amer. Assn. P e t r o l . Geol. Bull . 54: 2032-2039.

---------- and W . M. Po r t e r . 1971. Fracture o r i e n t a t i o n near Great Abaco f a u l t . Geol. Soc. h e r . Bull . 82: 2921-2925.

, J . D. Smit t , and J . Gardner. 1969. Rock dredges from Blake Escarpment near Great Abaco Canyon. Amer. Assn. P e t r o l . Geol. Bull . 53: 2551-2558.

Shinn, Eugene A . , R. N . Ginsburg, and R. M . Lloyd. 1965a. Recent supra- t i d a l dolomit iza t ion i n Flor ida and the Bahamas ( a b s t . ) . Geol. Soc. Amer. Spec. Paper 82: 183-184.

---------- , R . M. Lloyd, and R. N . Ginsburg. 1969. Anatomy of a modern carbonate t i d a l - f l a t , Andros I s l and , Bahamas. J . Sed. P e t r o l . 39: 1202-1228.

---------- , R . N. Ginsburg, and R. M. Lloyd. 1965b. Recent s u p r a t i d a l dolomite from Andros Is land, Bahamas. i n : L . C. Pray and R. C . F4ur- ray , eds . Dolomitization and limes tonFdiagenes i s : a symposium. Soc. Econ. Paleont . Mineral. Spec. Publ. 13: 112-123.

---------- , Robert N. Ginsburg, and R . M. Lloyd. 1968. Burrowing i n Recent lime sediments of F lo r ida and t h e Bahamas. J . Paleont . 42: 879-894.

Spencer, J . W . 1895. Reconstruction of t h e Ant i l lean continent . Geol. Soc. Amer. Bull . 6: 103-140.

Steenland, N . C . 1947. Deflect ion o f t h e v e r t i c a l i n the Bahamas cabst .) . AAPG-SEPM-SEG J o i n t Ann. Meeting. Los Angeles, Cal i fornia , 24-27 March, program, p . 71.

Stehman, Charles F. 1970. Eocene deep water sediment from the Northeast Providence Channel, Bahamas. Mar. Sediments 6 : 65-67.

S t i e g l i t z , Rona:ld Dennis. 1971. Scanning e lec t ron microscopy o f t h e f i n e f r a c t i o n of Recent carbonate sediments from Bimini, Bahamas ( a b s t . ) . Diss. Abst. 31: 7375B.

---------- 1972. Scanning e lec t ron microscopy o f t h e f i n e f r a c t i o n of Recent carbonate sediments from Bimini, Bahamas. J . Sed. P e t r o l . 4.2 : 211-226.

---------- 1973. Carbonate needles; add i t iona l organic sources. Geol. Soc. Amer. Bull . 84: 927-930.

---------- and Noel H . Watkins. 1969. Environmental and phylogenetic con t ro l o f t h e chemical composition and f i n e s t r u c t u r e o f gorgonian sp icu les from Bimini, Bahamas. Geol. Soc. Amer. a b s t . with program, p a r t 4: 77-78.

Stoddart , D. R . and J . R. Cann. 1965. Nature and o r ig in of beach rock. J. Sed. Pe t ro l . 35: 243-247.

Supko, Pe te r R. 1969. Diagenetic pa t t e rns i n subsurface Bahaman rocks, San Salvador Is land (abst . ) . in : Geology of the American Mediterra- nean: Gulf Coast Assn. Geol. S c . Trans. 19: 504. (Also Amer. Assn. Pe t ro l . Geol. Bull. 53: 2045.)

---------- 1970. Some aspects of the geology of Bimini, Bahamas. i n : Sedimentary environments and carbonate rocks of Bimini, ~ a h a m z . pp. 5-14C.

---------- 1971a. Depositional and diagenet ic fea tures i n subsurface Bahamian rocks (abst .) . Diss. Abst. 31: 6733B.

---------- 1971b. Aspects of Bahamian dolomites and ins igh t s i n t o t h e i r o r ig in (abst . ) . Amer. Assn. Pet rol . Geol. Bull. 55: 366.

---------- 1971c. "Whisker" c ry s t a l cement i n a Bahamian rock. in : Car- bonate cements. Johns Hopkins Univ. Studies i n Geol. No. l= 143- 146.

---------- , D . M. Marszalek, and W . D. Bock. 1970. Sedimentary environments and carbonate rocks of Bimini, Bahamas: Guidebook, 4 th Ann. Fie ld t r i p , Miami Geol . Soc. 27 pp.

Taf t , W . H. 1968. Yellow Bank, Bahamas: a study of modern marine carbonate l i t h i f i c a t i o n . Amer. Assn. Pe t ro l . Geol. Bull. 52: 551.

---------- , F. Arrington, A. Haimovitz, C . MacDonald, and C . Woolheater. 1968. L i t h i f i c a t i on of modern carbonate sediments a t Yellow Bank, Bahamas. Bull. Mar. Sc i . Gulf Carib. 18: 762-828.

---------- , and J . W . Harbaugh. 1964. Modern carbonate sediments of southern Florida, Bahamas, and ~ s p i r i t u Santo Island, Baja Cal i for- n ia : a comparison of t h e i r mineralogy and chemistry. Stanford Univ. Publ. Univ. Ser. Geol. Sc i . 8: 1-133.

~ a l w d , M . , J . L. Worzel, and M. Ewing. 1959. Gravity anomalies and s t r uc tu r e of the Bahamas. Lamont Geol. Obs. Columbia Univ. New York, N . Y . 9 pp.

---------- ---------- and ---------- , 1960. Gravity anomalies and s t ruc - t u r e of the Bahamas. Trans. 2nd Carib. Geol. Conf., ~ayagi iez , Puerto Rico, 4-9 January, 1959. pp. 156-161.

Thorp, Eldon M. 1934. Preliminary remarks on the calcareous shallow- water marine deposits o f Florida and the Bahamas. J. Sed. Pe t ro l . 4: 111-112.

---------- 1936. Calcareous shallow-water marine deposits of Florida and the Bahamas. Carnegie I n s t . Wash. (Papers from the Dept. of Mar. Biol.) 29: 37-119.

Thorp, Eldon M . 1939. F lo r ida and t h e Bahama marine calcareous deposi t s . i n : P . D . Trask, e t a l . Recent marine sediments. Thomas Murby and - Co., London. pp. 283-297.

Thurber, David L . , Edward George Purdy, and Wallace S. Broecker. 1958. Radiocarbon s tud ies of the Bahama Banks (abs t . ) . Geol. Soc. Amer. Bull . 69: 1652.

T i l l , Roger. 1970. The r e l a t i o n s h i p between environment and sediment composition (geochemistry and petrology) i n t h e Bimini Lagoon, Bahamas. J . Sed. Pe t ro l . 40: 376-385.

Trask, Parker D. 1939. Additional note t o E . M. Thorp, F lor ida and Bahama marine calcareous deposi t s . i n : P . D. Trask. Recent marine deposi t s , p . 292-293. Reprinted 1 9 E . Amer. Assn. Pe t ro l . Geol. Tulsa, Oklahoma.

Traverse, Alfred and Robert N. Ginsburg. 1966. Palynology of t h e sur- f ace sediments o f t h e Great Bahama Bank, as r e l a t e d t o water movement and sedimentation. Mar. Geol. 4: 417-459.

---------- and ---------- 1967. Pol len and associa ted microfoss i l s i n the marine su r face sediments of t h e Great Bahama Bank. Rev. Palaeo- botany and Palynology 3: 243-254.

Uchupi, Elazar , J . ,D. Milliman, and Bruce P. Luyendyk, e t a l . 1971. S t ruc tu re and o r i g i n of the s.outheastern Bahamas , Amer. Assn. P e t r o l . Geol. ~ u l l . 55: 687-704.

Vaughan, Thomas Wayland. 1913a. Studies of the geology o f t h e Madre- p o r a r i a of t h e Bahamas and of southern Florida. Carnegie I n s t . Wash. Yearb. 11:- 153-162.

---------- 1913b. Remarks on the geology of the Bahama Is lands , and on the formation o f t h e F lo r id ian and Bahaman o o l i t e s ( a b s t . ) . Wash. Acad. S c i . J . 3: 302-304.

---------- 1914a. Preliminary remarks on the geology o f t h e Bahamas, with s p e c i a l reference t o the o r i g i n o f t h e Bahaman and F lo r id ian o o l i t e . Carnegie I n s t . Wash. Publ. 182 (Papers from the Tortugas Lab. Vol. 5) : 47-54.

---------- 1914b. Inves t iga t ions o f t h e geology and geological processes o f t h e r ee f t r a c t s and adjacent areas i n the Bahamas and Flor ida . Carnegie I n s t . Wash. Yearb. 12: 183-184.

---------- 1914c. Geological inves t iga t ions i n the Bahamas and southern Flor ida . Carnegie I n s t . Wash. Yearb. 13: 227-233.

---------- 1914d. s k e t c h o f the geologic h i s t o r y of t h e Flor ida co ra l r e e f t r a c t and comparisons with o the r co ra l r ee f a reas . J . Wash. Acad.Sci . 4 : 26-34.

Vaughan, Thomas Wayland. 1915. The geologic s ign i f i cance of t h e growth- r a t e of t h e F lo r id ian and Bahamian shoalwater c o r a l s . Wash. Acad. S c i . J . 5: 591-600.

--.-------- e t a l . 1918. Some shoal-water bottom samples from Murray I s l and , Aus t ra l i a , and comparisons of them with samples froin F lo r ida and t h e Bahamas. Carnegie I n s t . Wash. Publ. 213 (Papers from Dppt. Mar. Biol . Vol. 9 ) : 235-297.

---------- , M. A. Howe, e t a l . 1919. Contr ibut ions t o t h e geology and paleontology of the West Ind ies . Carnegie I n s t . Wash. Publ. 291. 184 pp.

Walper, J a c k ' L . 1971. Geotectonic evolu t ion and subsidence of Bahama Platform; d iscuss ion . Geol. Soc. Amer. Bull . 82: 1129-1130;

Wanless, Harold R. 1961. Sedimentary s t r u c t u r e zonation on t i d a l levees , Andros I s l and , Bahamas ( a b s t . ) . Amer. Assn. P e t r o l . Geol. Bull . 53: 748.

Wassall, Harry William, 3rd. 1956. Geological ~ i b 1 i o ~ r a ~ h i e s . i 1785-1955. Bahama I s l ands . 4 pp. U . S. Geol. Surv., Washington, D . C .

--.-------- and Howard Dalton. 1959. O i l prospects i n t h e Bahamas. World 0i 1 148: 85-89.

Weeks, L . G . 1948. Highlights on 1947 development i n fo re ign petroleum f i e l d s ; Bahamas. h e r . Assn. P e t r o l . Geol. Bull . 32: 1108.

Weyl, P. K . 1963. Book review: Environment o f calcium carbonate deposi- t i o n west of Andros I s l and , Bahamas, by P. E. Cloud (1962). Limnol. Oceanog. 8 : 494.

Winland, H . Dale and R . K . Matthews. 1969. Or ig in of r ecen t grapestone g ra ins , Bahama I s l ands ( a b s t . ) . Geol. Soc. Amer. Abst. with pro- g r a m , 1965. p a r t 7: 239.

Woodring, W . P. 1954. Caribbean land and s e a through t h e ages. Geol. Soc. Amer. Rull . 65: 719-782.

Worzel, John Lamar, William Maurice Ewing, and Charles Lum Drake. 1953. The Bahana Is lands regions . P a r t 1 of Gravity observat ions a t s ea ( abs t .) . Geol . Soc. Amer. Bul l . 64:1494-1495. Also Amer. Mineral. 39: 349-350 (1954) .

Young, R . B . 1934. A comparison o f c e r t a i n s t r o m a t o l i t i c rocks i n t h e dolomite s e r i e s wi th modern a l g a l sediments i n the Bahamas. Geol. Soc. S . A f r . Trans. 37: 153-162.

H . HERPETOLOGY

Barbour, Thomas. 1904. Batrachia and R e p t i l i a from t h e Bahamas. Bull . Mus. Comp. Zool. 46: 55-61.

---------- 1906. Additional notes on Bahama snakes. h e r . Nat. 40: 229-232.

-----..---- 1910. A note regarding the green Anolis from t h e northern Bahamas. Proc. Biol . Soc. Wash. 23: 99-100.

---------- 1914. A cont r ibut ion t o the zoogeography of t h e West Indies , with e spec ia l reference t o amphibians and r e p t i l e s . Mem. Mus. Comp. ZOO^. 44: 205-359.

---------- 1921. Sphaerodactylus. Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool. 47: 217-278 + 26 p l .

---------- 1923. Another new Bahaman iguana. New Eng. Zool. Club Proc. 8: 107-109.

---------- 1930a.. A l i s t of Ant i l l ean r e p t i l e s and amphibians., Zoologica 11 : 61-116.

---------- 1930b. The Anoles. 1. The forms known t o occur on the neot ropica l i s l a n d s . Bull . Mus. Comp. Zool. 70: 105-144.

---------- 1935. A second l i s t of Ant i l l ean r e p t i l e s and amphibians. Zoologica 19: 77-141.

---------- 1937. Third l i s t o f Ant i l l ean r e p t i l e s and amphibians. Bull . Mus. Comp. Zool. 82: 77-166.

---------- 1941. ' A new boa from t h e Bahamas. New Eng. Zool. Club. Proc. 18: 61-65.

---------- and Benjamin Shreve. 1935. Concerning some Bahamian rep- t i l e s , with notes on the fauna. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. H i s t . 40: 347-365.

---------- and ---------- 1936. New races o f Tropidophis and h e i v a from t h e Bahamas. Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club 16: 1-3.

Buden, Donald W . and Albert Schwartz. 1968. Rept i les and b i r d s 'from the Cay Sa l Bank, Bahama I s l ands . Quart. J. F lo r ida Acad. S c i . 31: 290-320.

Carr , A. F. 1957. Notes on t h e zoogeography of t h e A t l a n t i c s e a t u r t l e s o f t h e genus Lepidochebys. Rev. Biol . Trop. 5: 45-61.

Carr, Archie, Harold Hi r th , and Larry Ogren. 1966. The ecology and migrations o f s e a t u r t l e s , 6 . The hawksbill t u r t l e i n the Carib- bean Sea. Amer. Mus. Nov. 2248: 1-29.

Cochran, Doris M. 1934. Herpetological co l l ec t ions from the West Indies made by D r . Paul Bartsch under the Walter Rathbone Bacon Scholarship, 1928-1930. Smithsonian Misc. Col l . 92: 1-48.

Cope, E . 1885. A contr ibut ion t o the herpetology of Mexico, appendix on a c o l l e c t i o n from New Providence, Bahama I s l ands . Proc. Amer.' P h i l . Soc. Ph i l a . 22: 379-404.

---------- 1887. L i s t of the Batrachia and R e p t i l i a of the Bahama I s l ands . Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 10: 436-439.

Crombie, Ronald I . 1972. The presence of Hyla s q u i r e l l a i n the Bahamas. Quart. J . F lo r ida Acad. S c i . 35: 49-52.

Etheridge, Richard. 1965. Ple is tocene l i za rds from New Providence. Quart. J . F lo r ida Acad. Sc i . 28: 349-358.

---------- 1966. The systematic r e l a t i o n s h i p s of West Indian and South American l i z a r d s r e f e r r e d t o the ~ ~ u a n i d genus Leiocephalus. Copeia 1966: 79-91.

Garman, Samuel. 1887a. On West Indian Teiidae i n the Museum of Compara- t i v e Zoology a t Cambridge. Bull . Essex I n s t . 19: 1-12.

---------- 1887b. On West Indian r e p t i l e s . Iguanidae. Bull . Essex I n s t . 19: 25-50.

---------- 1887c. West Indian Batrachia i n the Museum of Comparative Zoology. Bull. Essex I n s t . 19: 13-16.

---------- 1888. Rept i les and bat rachians from the Caymans and Bahamas. Bull. Essex I n s t . 20: 1-13.

Goin, Coleman J . 1955. Descript ion o f a new subspecies o f t h e f r o g Eleutherodactylus r i c o r d i from the Bahamas. Amer. Mus. Nov. 1708: 1-7.

Hanlon, Robert W . 1964. Reproductive a c t i v i t y of the Bahaman boa (Epicrates s t r i a t u s ) . Herpetologica 20: 143-144.

Hecht, Max. L . , Vladimir Walters, and Gordon Ram. 1955. Observations on the na tu ra l h i s t o r y o f t h e Bahaman pigmy boa, Tropidophis p a r d a l i s , with notes on autohemorrhage. Copeia 1955: 249-251.

---------- 1955. The comparison o f r ecen t and f o s s i l amphibian, rep- t i l i a n , and mammalian faunas i n the Bahamas. Year Book Amer. Ph i l . Soc. f o r 1954: 133-135.

Hodsdon, L . A. and J . F. W . Pearson. 1943. Notes on the discovery and biology o f two Bahaman fresh-water t u r t l e s of t h e genus Pseudemys. Quart. J . Flor ida Acad. S c i . 6: 17-23.

Laska, Anthony L. 1970. The s t r u c t u r a l niche of Anolis s c r i p t u s on Inagua. Breviora 349: 1-6.

Legler, J. M. 1960. Remarks concerning Bahaman b l ind snakes (genus Typhlops). Herpetologica 16: 71-72.

Maglio, Vincent J . 1970. West Indian Xenodontine Colubrid snakes: t h e i r probable o r i g i n , phylogeny, and zoogeography. Bul l . Mus. Comp. Zool. 141: 1-54.

Maynard, Charles Johnson. 1889. Review: Rept i les and bat rachians from the Caymans and t h e Bahamas by Samuel Garman. Contr. S c i . 1: 48.

Ne i l l , Wilfred T. 1958. The occurrence of amphibians and r e p t i l e s i n s a l t w a t e r areas and a bibl iography. Bul l . Mar. S c i . Gulf Carib. 8: 1-97.

---------- 1964. Frogs introduced on i s l a n d s . Quart. J . Fla. Acad. S c i . 27: 127-130.

Nesbi t t , C . R. 1836. On the Bahama f i s h e r i e s . J . Bahama Soc. Di-ff. Knowl. No. 11: i26-136.

Nett ing, M . Graham. 1954. To Bimini f o r boas and e x h i b i t ideas . Carnegie Mag. 28: 185-188.

---------- and Coleman J . Goin. 1944. Another new boa of the genus Epicra tes from the Bahamas. Ann. Carnegie Mus. 30: 71-76.

Noble, G . K . and G . C . Klingel . 1932. The r e p t i l e s of Great Inagua I s l and , B r i t i s h West Ind ies . Amer. Mus. Nov. 549: 1-25.

Ol iver , J . A. 1948. The anol ine l i z a r d s o f Bimini, Bahamas. Amer. Mus. Nov. 1383: 1-36.

Rand, A. Stanley . 1969. Competitive exclusion among anoles (Sauria: Iguanidae) on small i s l a n d s i n the West Indies . Breviora 319: 1-16.

Rebach, J . A. 1971. Comparison o f gas exchange and water balance of the n u t r i a , Myocastor coypus, and t h e h u t i a , Geocapromys ingrahami. Ph.D. d i s s e r t a t i o n , Univers i ty o f Rhode I s l and . Kingston, R. I .

Richmond, Neil D. 1955. The b l i n d snakes (Typhlops) of Bimini, Bahama Is lands , B r i t i s h West Ind ies , with a desc r ip t ion o f a new species . Amer. Mus. Nov. 1734: 1-7.

Rosen, N i l s . 1911. Contr ibut ion t o the fauna of t h e Bahamas. I . A general account of t h e fauna, with remarks on the physiography of the i s l a n d s . 11. The r e p t i l e s . 111. The f i s h e s . Lunds Univ. i r s s k . N.F. Afd. 2, Bd. 7 (Acta U n i v e r s i t a t i s Lundensis, nova s e r i e s ) : 3-72.

Schoener, Thomas W . 1968. The Anolis l i z a r d s of Bimini: resource p a r t i t i o n i n g i n a complex fauna. Ecology 49: 704-726.

Schwartz, Alber t . 1965. Geographic v a r i a t i o n i n Sphaerodactylus no ta tus Baird. Rev. Biol . Trop. 13: 161-185.

---------- 1967. The Leiocephalus ( L a c e r t i l i a , Iguanidae) of t h e southern Bahama I s l ands . Ann. Carnegie Mus. A r t . 11, 39: 153-185.

---------- 1968a. The geckos (Sphaerodactylus) of t h e southern Bahama I s l a n d s . Ann. Carnegie Mus. 39: 227-271.

---------- 1968b. Geographic v a r i a t i o n i n Anolis d i s t i c h u s Cope ( L a c e r t i l i a , Iguanidae) i n t h e Bahama I s l ands and Hispaniola. Bull . Mus. Comp. Zool. 137: 255-309.

---------- 1968c. Geographic v a r i a t i o n i n the New World geckkonid l i z - . a rd Tarento la americana Gray. Proc. Biol . Soc. Wash. 81: 123-142.

---------- 1972. A new subspecies of Sphaerodactylus decoratus from the Bahama I s l ands . Herpetologica 28: 247-251.

t

---------- and Robert J . Marsh. 1960. A review of t h e Pardal i s - Maculatus complex of the boid genus Tropidophis o f the West Ind ies . Bul l . Mus. Comp. Zool. 123: 49-84 + 10 f i g .

---------- and Clarence J . McCoy. 1970. A sys temat ic review of Ameiva auberi i n Cuba and t h e Bahamas. Ann. Carnegie Mus. 41: 45-168.

---------- and Richard Thomas. 1968 (appeared 1969) . A review of Anolis angust iceps i n the West 1ndies. Quart. J. F lo r ida Acad. S c i . 31: 51-69.

Smith, F. G . Walton. 1954. Taxonomy and d i s t r i b u t i o n o f s e a t u r t l e s . Fish Bul l . U . S . 89: 513-515.

S te jneger , Leonhard. 1901. Diagnosis o f a new spec ies of iguanoid l i z - ard from Green Cay, Bahama I s l ands . Proc. U. S. Natl . Mus. 23: 471.

---------- 1903. A new spec ies o f l a r g e iguana from the Bahama Isl 'ands. Proc. Biol . Soc. Wash. 16: 129-132.

---------- 1905. Batrachians and land r e p t i l e s of t h e Bahama I s l ands . i n : Shat tuck, G . B. ed. The Bahama I s l ands . Geographical Socie ty - of Baltimore, Johns Hopkins Press . pp. 329-343.

S u t c l i f f e , Robert. 1952. Results of t h e Catherwood-Chaplin West Indies Expedition, 1948. P a r t v i . Amphibia and r e p t i l e s . Not. Nat. 243: 1-8.

Thomas, Richard. 1968a. The Typhlops biminiensis group of Ant i l lean b l ind snakes. Copeia 1968: 713-722.

---------- 1968b. Notes on Ant i l lean geckos (Sphaerodactylus). Herpetologica 24: 46-60.

---------- and Albert Schwartz. 1966. The Sphaerodactylus decoratus complex i n t h e West Indies . Brigham Young Univ. S c i . Bull. Biol. Se r . 7: 1-26.

Wilcox, Karen, Jeanne Y . Car ter , and L. V. Wilcox, Jr. 1973. Range extension of Cyclura f i g g i n s i Barbour i n the Bahamas. Carib. J. S c i . 13: 211-213.

Williams, Ernest E . 1969. The ecology and colonizat ion as seen i n the zoogeography of anol ine l i z a r d s on small i s l ands . Quart. Rev. Biol. 44: 345-389.

I . ICTHYOLOGY

Anonymous. 1974. World record f i s h . Sal twater records. Fie ld and Stream 78 (10) : 120.

Alexander, Elizabeth C. 1961. A contr ibut ion t o t h e l i f e h i s to ry , blology, and geographical d i s t r i b u t i o n of the bonefish, Albula vulpes (Linnaeus) . Dana Rept . No. 53: 1-51.

Anderson, William W . 1957. Larval forms of t h e fresh-water mullet (Agonostomus monticola) from the open ocean off the Bahamas and South At lan t i c coas t of the United S t a t e s . Fish Bull. U . S. 57: 415-425.

Aronson, L . R . 1971. Further s t u d i e s on o r ien ta t ion and jumping behav- i o r i n the gobiid f i s h , '~a thygobius soporator . Ann. N. Y. cad. SCE. 188: 378-392.

Austin, H . M. 1969. An unusual a s soc ia t ion between a jack and a ray . Underw. Nat. 6: 39.

Bean, Barton A. 1905. Fishes of the Bahama Is lands . in : George B . Shattuck, ed . The Bahama Is lands . Geographical Socie ty of Ba l t i - more. Johns Hopkins Press . Baltimore, Maryland. pp. 293-325.

Bzhlke, James E . 1955a. The b r o t u l i d f i s h genus Petrotyx from t h e Great Bahama Bank. Not. Nat. 273: 1-6.

---------- 1955b. On t h e Bahaman f i s h e s o f t h e family Opisthognathidae. Not. Nat. 281: 1-6.

---------- 1955c. A new genus and species of Ophichthid e e l s from the Bahamas. Not. Nat . 282 : 1- 7.

~ g h l k e , James E . 1957a. A new shallow-water b r o t u l i d f i s h from t h e Great Bahama Bank. Not. Nat. 295: 1-8.

---------- 1957b. A review o f t h e blenny genus Chaenopsis, and a d e s c r i p t i o n of a r e l a t e d new genus from t h e Bahamas. Proc. P h i l a . Acad. Nat. S c i . 109: 81-103.

---------- 1957c. The Bahaman s p e c i e s of emblemariid b l enn ie s . Proc. P h i l a . Acad. Nat. S c i . 109: 25-57.

---------- 1959a. A new c a r d i n a l f i s h (Apogonidae) from t h e Bahamas. Not. Nat. 319: 1-5.

---------- 1959b. A new f i s h of t h e genus Hypsoblennius (Blenni idae) from t h e Bahamas. Not. Nat. 321: 1-5.

---------- 1959c. S tud ie s on f i s h e s of t h e fami ly Ophidiidae. 1 1 . Three new spec i e s from t h e Bahamas. Proc. Acad. Nat. S c i . P h i l a . 111: 37-52.

---------- 1960a. Two new Bahaman s p e c i e s of t h e c l i n i d f i s h genus Pa rac l inus . Not. Nat. 337: 1-8.

---------- 1960b. Comments on se r r ano id f i s h e s wi th d i s j u n c t l a t e r a l l i n e s , wi th t h e d e s c r i p t i o n of a new one from t h e Bahamas. Not. Nat. 330: 1-11.

---------- 1961. Two new Bahaman s o l e s of t h e genus Symphurus ( fami ly Cynoglossidae).. Not. Nat . .344: 1-4.

---------- 1963. The spec i e s o f t h e West A t l a n t i c gobioid genus P s i l o t r i s . Not. Nat. 362: 1-10.

---------- 1967. A new sexua l ly dimorphic jawfish (Opistognathus: Opistognathidae) from t h e Bahamas. Not. Nat. 407: 1-12.

---------- 1.969. Pa r i ah s c o t i u s , a new sponge-dwelling gobid f i s h from t h e Bahamas. Not. Nat. 421: 1-7.

---------- and C . C . G . Chaplin. 1957. Oral incubat ion i n Bahaman jaw- f i s h e s Opistognathus w h i t e h u r s t i and - 0 . maxi l losus . Sc ience 125 (3245) : 353.

---------- and ---------- 1968. F ishes of t h e Bahamas and ad jacen t t r o p i c a l waters . P h i l a . Acad. Nat. S c i . Livingston Publ. Co; Wynnewood, Pennsylvania. 771 pp.

---------- and C . R . Robins. 1959. S tud ie s on f i s h e s of t h e fami ly Ophidi idae. 1 1 . Three new spec i e s from t h e Bahamas. Proc. Ph i l a . . Acad. Nat. S c i . 11'1: 37-52.

~ E h l k e , James E . and C . R. Robins. 1968. Western A t l a n t i c seven-spined gobies , wi th d e s c r i p t i o n s of t e n new s p e c i e s and a new genus, and comments on P a c i f i c r e l a t i v e s . Proc. P h i l a . Acad. Nat. S c i . 120: 54-174.

- - - - - - - - - - and - - - - - - - - - - 1969. Western A t l a n t i c sponge-dwelling gobies o f t h e genus Evermannichthys: t h e i r taxonomy, h a b i t s and r e l a t i o n - s h i p s . Proc. P h i l a . Acad. Nat. S c i . 121: 1-24.

---------- and D. G . Smith. 1968. A new xenocongrid eel . from t h e Bahamas, wi th no t e s on o t h e r s p e c i e s i n t h e fami ly . Proc. P h i l a . Acad. Nat. S c i . 120: 25-43.

Breder, C . M . , Jr. 1932. An anno ta t ed l i s t of f i s h e s from Lake Forsy th , Andros I s l and , Bahamas. Amer. Mus. Nov. 551: 1-8.

---------- 1933a. Young t a rpon on Andros I s l a n d . Bul l . N . Y . Zool. SOC. 36: 65-67.

---------- 1933b. The s i g n i f i c a n c e of Ca t o marine f i s h e s on invading f r e s h water ( a b s t . ) . Anat. Rec. 57 ( 4 ) : 57.

---------- 1934a. A new Gambusia from Andros I s l and , Bahamas. Amer. MUS. NOV. 719: 1-3.

---------- 1934b. Ecology o f an oceanic f resh-water l ake , Andros I s l a n d , Bahamas, w i th s p e c i a l r e f e r ence t o i t s f i s h e s . Zoologica 18: 57-88.

Briggs, John C . 1963. A new c l i n g f i s h o f t h e genus Gobiesox from t h e Bahamas. Copeia 1963: 604-606.

---------- 1969. A new genus and s p e c i e s of c l i n g f i s h (family Gobiesocidae) from t h e ' ~ahama I s l ands . Copeia 1969 : 332-334.

B u l l i s , Harvey R . , Jr. and Paul S t ruhsake r . 1961. L i f e h i s t o r y n o t e s on t h e r o u g h - t a i l s t i n g r a y , Dasyat is cen t rou ra (Mi t che l l ) . Copeia 1961: 232-234.

Cohen, Daniel M . and C . Richard Robins. 1970. A new oph id io id f i s h (genus Lucifuga) from a l imestone s i n k , New Providence I s l a n d , Bahamas. Proc. B io l . Soc. Wash. 83: 133-144.

Col in , P a t r i c k L. 1972. Dai ly a c t i v i t y p a t t e r n s and e f f e c t s of environmental cond i t i ons on t h e behavior o f t h e yellowhead jawfish; Opistognathus a u r i f r o n s , w i th n o t e s on i t s ecology. Zoologica 57: 137- 169.

Cummings, William C . , Bradley D. Brahy, and J u a n i t a Y . S p i r e s . 1966. Sound product ion , school ing , and f eed ing h a b i t s o f t h e margate, Haemulon album Cuvier , o f f North Bimini, Bahamas. Bul l . Mar. S c i . 16: 6 2 6 - 6 4 0 .

DeSylva, D. P. 1963. Systematics and l i f e h i s t o r y of the g r e a t barra- - - cuha Sphyraena barracuda (Walbaum) . Stud . ~ r k ~ . Oceanog . M i a m i , No. 1, 179 pp.

El l ington, A . C . 1959. Poisonous f i shes i n t h e Caribbean area . W . Ind. Fish. Bull. (6): 1-5.

Fish, M. P. and W . H . Mowbray. 1959. The production of underwater sound by Opsanus sp . , a new toadf ish from Bimini, Bahamas. Zoologica 44: 71-76.

Fowler, H. W . 1919. Notes on t r o p i c a l American f i s h e s . Proc. Ph i l a . Acad. Nat. S c i . 71: 128-155. .'

Fowler, Henry R. 1947. Notes on Bahama f i s h e s obtained by M r . Charles G . Chaplin i n 1947, with descr ip t ions of two new species . Not. Nat. 199: 1-14.

Garman, S. 1896. Report on the f i s h e s c o l l e c t e d by the Bahama Expedi- t i o n o f the S t a t e University of Iowa, under Professor C . C. Nutting i n 1893. Bull. Lab. Nat. H i s t . S t a t e Univ. Iowa 4: 76-93.

Gi lber t , Perry A. and Henry K r i t z l e r . 1960. Experimental shark pens a t the Lerner Marine Laboratory. Science 132: 424.

Greenberg, J e r r y and Idaz Greenberg. 1972. The l i v i n g r e e f : co ra l s , and f i s h e s of Flor ida , the Bahamas, Bermuda and t h e Caribbean. Seahawk Books. Miami, Florida. 110 pp.

Hazle t t , B. and H . E . Winn. 1962. Sound producing mechanism of the Nassau grouper, Epinephalus s t r i a t u s . Copeia 2: 447-449.

Herald, Ear l S. 1950. Ichthyocampus pawneei, a new p ipe f i sh from t h e Bahamas. J. Wash. Acad. Sci . 40: 269.

Hess, Paul W . 1962. Notes on some sharks i n the western North A t l a n t i c and Bahama areas . Copeia 1962: 653-656.

Hubbs, Carl L . 1927. Studies of t h e f i s h e s of t h e order Cyprinodontes. VII. - - G. manni, a new species from t h e Bahamas. Copeia 164: 61-65.

---------- and R. R. Miller. 1942. Studies of t h e f i s h e s of the order Cyprinodontes. XVIII. Cyprinodon l a c i n i a t u s , new species , from t h e Bahamas. Occas. Papers Mus. Zool. Univ. Michigan 458: 1-11.

Jordon, D. S. 1884. An i d e n t i f i c a t i o n o f t h e f igures of f i s h e s i n Catesbyts Natural History of Carolina, Florida, and t h e Bahama I s l ands . Proc. U . S. Natl. Mus. 7: 190-199.

---------- and C . H. Bollman. 1889. L i s t of f i s h e s co l l ec ted a t Green Tur t l e Cay, i n the Bahamas. U. S. Natl. Mus. Proc. 11: 549-553.

Jordon, D. S . and B . W . Evermann. 1896-1900. The f i s h e s of North and Middle America: a desc r ip t ive catalogue of the species of f i s h - l i k e ve r tebra tes found i n the waters of North America, nor th of t h e Isthmus of Panama. 4 vol . U. S. Natl. Mus. 47: i - x l + 1-1240; i-xxx + 1241-2183; i -xxiv + 2183a-3136; 1 -c i + 3137-3313; + 392 p l .

Kanazawa, Robert H. 1958. A r ev i s ion of t h e e e l s o f t h e genus Conger with descr ip t ions of four new spec ies . Proc. U. S. Natl . Mus. 108: 219-267.

Klawe, W . L . 1961. Young scombroids from the waters between Cape Hatteras and Bahama Is lands . Bull . Mar. Sc i . Gulf. Carib. 11: 150-157.

Krumholz, Louis A. 1957. Measurements of a l a rge sharpnose mackerel shark, Isurus oxyrinchus, from Bimini, Bahamas. Copeia 1957: 302.

---------- 1959. Stomach contents and organ weights of some b lue f in tuna, Thunnus thynnus (Linnaeus), near Bimini, Bahamas. Zoologica (N. Y . ) 44: 127-131.

---------- 1963. Relationships between f e r t i l i t y , sex r a t i o and exposure t o predation i n populations of the mosquitosish Gambusia manni Hubbs of Bimini, Bahamas. I n t . Rev. Gesam. Hydrobiol. 48: 201-256.

LaMonte, Francesca. 1952. Marine games f i s h e s o f ' t h e world. Doubleday. Garden Ci ty , N . Y . 190 pp.

---------- 1956. North American game f i s h e s . Doubleday. Garden City, N . Y . x iv + 202 pp.

Lee, T. 1889. L i s t of f i s h taken by steamer " A l b a t r ~ s s ' ~ among Bahama Islands and a t Nassau fish-market during March and.Apri1, 1886. Rept. U . S. Fish Comm. p a r t 14: 669-672.

Levi, Eldon J . 1973. Juvenile yel lowfin menhaden from the Bahama Is lands . Trans. Amer. Fish Soc. 102: 848-849.

Mead, G . W . and J . E . BGhlke. 1958. Gobionellus stigmalophius, a new goby from t h e Gulf of Campeche and the Great Bahama Bank. Copeia

Mil ier , Robert Rush. 1962. Taxonomic s t a t u s of Cyprinodon baconi, a k i l l i f i s h from Andros Is land, Bahamas. Copeia 1962: 836-837.

Moss, Frank T. 1973. Let 's f i s h t h e Bahamas! Pastimes (Eastern A i r - l i n e s passenger magazine) 1 (12) : 18-23.

Moulton, James M. 1958. The acous t i ca l behavior of some f i shes i n t h e Bimini area . Biol . Bull . 114: 357-374.

Myrberg, A. A . , Jr. 1972. Soc ia l dominance and t e r r i t o r i a l i t y i n t h e b i c o l o r damself ish, Eupomacentrus p a r t i t u s (Poey) (P isces : Pomacent r idae) . Behaviour 41: 207-231.

---------- , Samuel J . H a , S t an ley Walewski, and John C . Banbury. 1972. Effec t iveness o f acous t i c s i g n a l s i n a t t r a c t i n g ep ipe lag ic sharks t o an underwater sound source . Bull Mar. S c i . 22: 926-949.

Nelson, Donald R . , Richard H . Johnson, and Larry G . Waldrop. 1969. Responses i n Bahamian sharks and groupers t o low-frequency, pulsed sounds. S . C a l i f . Acad. S c i . Bul l . 68: 131-137.

Nesb i t t , C . R . 1836. On t he Bahama f i s h e r i e s . J . Bahama Soc. D i f f . Knowl. No. 11: 126-136.

Nichols, J . T. 1921a. A new ponacentr id and blenny from t h e Bahamas. Amer. Mus. Nov. 26: 1-2.

---------- 1921b. A l ist of Turks I s l ands f i s h e s , with a desc r ip t ion o f a new f l a t f i s h . h e r . Mus. Nat. H i s t . Bul l . 44: 21-24.

---------- and Van Campen Hei lner . 1928. A r a r e s o l e from the Bahamas. Amer. Mus. Nov. 326: 1.

Norman, J . R. 1931. A new s o l e from t h e Bahamas. Amer. Mus. Nov. 477: 1.

Nor thcrof t , George J . H . 1902. Sketches of Summerland - giving some account of Nassau and t h e Bahama I s l ands . Nassau Guardian. Nassau. Chapter 12: Cora ls , s h e l l s , and f i s h e s . pp. 123-138.

Owre, Harding B. 1972. Marine b i o l o g i c a l i n v e s t i g a t i o n s i n t h e Bahamas. 18. The genus Spade l l a and o t h e r Chaetognatha. S a r s i a 49: 49-57.

Pa r r , Alber t Eide. 1930. Teleostean shore and shallow-water f i s h e s from t h e Bahamas and Turks I s l a n d . Bull . Bingham Oceanog. Co l l . 3: 1-148 + 38 f i g .

Peterman, R. M. 1971. A p o s s i b l e funct ion o f co lo ra t ion i n c o r a l r ee f f i s h e s . Copeia 1971: 330-331.

P h i l l i p s , Craig. 1959. Bahama pigmy ange l f i sh . Aquarium J. 30: 236-237.

Randall , J . E . 1967. Food h a b i t s of r e e f f i s h e s o f t h e West Ind ie s . Stud. Trop. Oceanog. M i a m i No. 5: 665-847.

---------- 1968. Caribbean r e e f f i s h e s . Reigate. T.F.H. Pub l i ca t ions , 1 J e r s e y C i ty , N . J . 318 pp.

Rausch, James P. 1973. Marine zoology ( a manual prepared f o r use on San Salvador I s l a n d , Bahamas) 2 vo l s . College Center of t h e Finger Lakes. Corning, N . Y . Vol. 1 - 147 pp.; Vol. 2 - 167 pp.

Rivas, Luis Rene. 1960. The f i s h e s of t h e genus Pomacentrus i n F lo r ida and t h e western Bahamas. Quart . J . F lo r ida Acad. S c i . 23: 130-162.

---------- 1963. Subgenera and spec ie s groups i n t h e p o e c i l i i d f i s h genus Gambusia Poey. Copeia 2: 331-347.

Robins, C . R . and J . E . ~ 6 h l k e . 1964. Two new Bahaman gobi id f i s h e s of t h e genera Lythrypnus and Garmannia. Not. Nat. 325: 1-9.

Roman, E r l . 1958. Tournaments can a i d sc i ence (Bahamas I n t e r n a t i o n a l Tuna Match). Sea F r o n t i e r s 4: 164-170.

---------- 1957. The I n t e r n a t i o n a l Game Fish Conference. Sea F r o n t i e r s 3: 48-57.

Rosen, Donn E r i c and Reeve M . Ba i ley . 1963. The P o e c i l i i d f i s h e s (Cyprinodontiformes), t h e i r s t r u c t u r e , zoogeography, and systemat- i c s . Amer. Mus. Nat. H i s t . Bul l . 126: 1-176.

Rosgn, N i l s . 1911. Cont r ibut ion t o the fauna o f t h e Bahamas. I . A general account o f t he fauna wi th remarks on t h e physiography o f t h e i s l a n d s . 11. The R e p t i l e s . 111. The Fishes . Lunds Univ. l r s s k . N.F. Afd. 2, Bd. 7 (Acta Univ. Lundensis, nova s e r i e s ) : 3-72.

Schul tz , L . P. 1945. Emmelichthyops a t l a n t i c u s , a new genus and spec ie s of f i s h (family Emmelichthyidae) from the aha am as, with a key t o r e l a t e d genera. J . Wash. Acad. S c i . 35: 132-136.

Smith, C . Lavet t . 1964. Hermaphroditism i n Bahama groupers. Nat. H i s t . 73: 42-47.

---------- 1972. A spawning aggregat ion of Nassau grouper, Epinephelus s t r i a t u s (Bloch). Trans. Amer. Fish Soc. 101: 256-261.

---------- and James C. Ty le r . '1973. Populat ion ecology o f a Bahamian suprabenth ic shore f i s h assemblage. Amer. Mus. Nov. 2528: 1-38.

Smith, David G . 1968. The occurrence of l a rvae o f t h e American e e l (Anguilla r o s t r a t a ) i n t h e S t r a i t s of F l o r i d a and nearby a reas . Bul l . Mar. S c i . 18: 280-293.

Smith, F. G . Walton. 1957. Tracking t h e e l u s i v e tuna. Sea F r o n t i e r s 3: 196-209.

Spr inger , Stewart and Harvey R. B u l l i s , Jr. 1960. A new spec ie s o f sawshark, P r i s t iophorus sch roede r i , from t h e Bahamas. Bull . Mar. S c i . Gulf Carib. 10: 241-254. . .

---------- and Richard A. Waller. 1969. Hexanchus v i t u l u s , a new s i x - g i l l shark from t h e Bahamas. Bul l . Mar. S c i . 19: 159-174.

S u t c l i f f e , R . 1970. Muraena a c u t i r o s t r i s Abbott 1861, a synonym of t h e West At lan t i c moray Gymnothorax moringa (Cuvier) (Anguillida, Muraenidae). Carib. J. S c i . 10: 87-91.

Tibbo, S. N . and L . M. Lauzier. 1961. Larval swordfish (Xiphias gladius) from t h r e e l o c a l i t i e s i n t h e western At lan t i c . Fish Res. Board Canada J . 26: 3248-3251.

Tortonese, Enrico. 1962. Osservazinni: comparative in torno a l l a i t t i o f a u n a de l Mediterraneo e d e l l t A t l a n t i c o occidenta le (Flor ida e I s o l e Bahamas). Natura (Milan) 53: 1-20.

Vesey-Fitzgerald, Brian S. and Francesca LaMonte. 1949. Game f i s h of the world. Harper. New York, N . Y . x v i i + 446 pp.

Voss, Gi lbe r t L . 1953. A cont r ibut ion t o the l i f e h i s t o r y and biology of t h e s a i l f i s h Is t iophorus americanus Cuv. and Val., i n F lo r ida waters . Bull. Mar. S c i . Gulf Carib. 3: 206-240.

Walters, Vladimir. 1957. Alphestes scholander i , a new s e a bass from t h e West Ind ies . Copeia 1957: 283-286.

---------- and C . R . Robins. 1961. A new toadf i sh (Batrachoididae) considered t o be a g l a c i a l r e l i c t i n t h e West Ind ies . Amer. Mus. NOV. 2047: 1-24.

Wicklund, Robert. 1968. Some n igh t observations on marine animals i n t h e Bahamas. Underw. Nat. 5: 24-27.

Woods, L . P . 1965. Anew squirrel . f i s h (Adioryx poco) of t h e family Holocentridae from t h e Bahama I s l ands . Not. Nat. 377: 1-5.

Yocum, Thomas G . 1971. P in f i sh and rockcut goby, f i s h e s new t o t h e Bahamas. Quart. J . Flor ida Acad. S c i . 34: 131.

K . GEOGRAPHY

Anonymous. 1926. Maps of t h e Bahama Is lands . Published by Authority (.HMSO?). 20 maps + 8 pp. of index.

---------- 1930. The Great Bahama Bank. Geogr. J . 75: 564-565.

---------- 1947. Direct ions f o r the treatment of geographical names i n t h e Bahama Is lands . Spec. Publ. 67. Dept. of t h e I n t e r i o r . U . S . Board on Geographical Names.

---------- 1955. B r i t i s h West Ind ies and Bermuda. U . S. Board on Geographical Names. Dept. of t h e I n t e r i o r .

---------- 1967a. Environmental a t l a s of t h e Tongue of t h e Ocean, Bahamas. U . S. Naval Oceanog. Off. Spec. Publ. SP-94. 74 pp.

Anonymous. 1967b. Earth photographs from Gemini 111, IV, and V. U.S.N.A.S.A. Spec. Publ. SP-129. 266 pp.

Babcock, William H. 1920. A n t i l l i a and t h e A n t i l l e s . Geogr. Rev. 9: 109-124.

Benjamin, George J. 1970. Diving i n t o the blue holes of the Bahamas. Natl . Geogr. Mag. 138: 347-363.

Blake, H. A . 1887. The Bahamas. Proc. Royal Geogr. Soc. 9.: 579-580.

Booy, Theodoor de. 1919. The less-known regions of the West Indies . J . Geogr. 18: 57-62.

Bounds, John Howard. 1966. Land use i n the Bahamas. Ph.D. Diss. Dept. of Geography. Univ. Tennessee. Knoxville, Tennessee. 419 pp.

---------- 1969. The Bahamas. Focus 19 (9) : 3-7.

Bracey, D. R . 1968. S t r u c t u r a l implicat ions of magnetic anomalies north of t h e Bahamas-Antilles Is lands . Geophy. 33: 950-961.

Bryan, G . M. and R . G . Markl. 1966. Microtopography of t h e Blake- Bahama region. Lamont Geol. Obs. Tech. Rept. TR-8. 59 pp.

Chamberlain, Robert S . 1948. Discovery of t h e Bahama Channel. Tequesta 8: 109-116.

Conrod, A . C . , Anne Boersma, and M. G . Kelley. 1968. Inves t iga t ion of v i s i b l e region instrumentat ion f o r oceanographic s a t e l l i t e s . M.I.T. Exp. Astron. Lab. Rept. RE-31: Vol. 11. 54 pp.

---------- , M. G . Kelley, and Anne Boersma. 1968. Aer ia l photography f o r shallow water s t u d i e s on the western edge of t h e Bahama Banks. M.I.T. Exp. Astron. Lab. Rept. RE-42.

Coonley , Davenport, and Mancel . 1902. 119 photographs of ' t h e Bahamas presented t o the Socie ty ' s l i b r a r y . Geogr. J . 19: 539.

Darlington, P h i l i p Jackson, Jr. 1938. The o r i g i n o f the fauna of the Greater A n t i l l e s , with d iscuss ion of d i s p e r s a l o f animals over water and through t h e a i r . Quart. Rev. Biol . 13: 274-300.

Dierickx, Charles Wallace. 1952. An h i s t o r i c a l geography of t h e Bahama I s l ands . M.S. t h e s i s . Universi ty of Flor ida . Gainesvil le , Florida.

---------- 1953. Some geographic problems of t h e Bahama Is lands . Quart. J . Flor ida Acad. Sc i . 16: 212-222.

Dudley, Ray L. 1947. Flying magnetometer completing 80,000 square mile survey (of t h e Bahama I s l ands ) . World O i l 127: 247, 251.

Fishe r , Allan C . , Jr. 1959. Cape Canaveral 's 6,000-mile shooting g a l l e r y . Nat l . Geagr. Mag. 116: 421-471.

King, Wayne. 1962. The occurrence of r a f t s f o r d i s p e r a l of land an i - mals i n t o t h e West Ind ie s . Quart . J . F lo r ida Acad. S c i . 25: 45-52.

Long, E . John. 1964. Bahamas ( r ev i sed e d i t i o n ) . 1 9 5 9 - f i r s t e d i t i o n . (Around the World Program-her . Geogr. Soc.) Doubleday. Garden Ci ty , N . Y . 6 4 p p .

Lucas, Charles Prestwood. 1890. H i s t o r i c a l geography of t h e B r i t i s h Colonies. Vol. 2. West I n d i e s . Ch. 2. The Bahamas (pp. 75-89). Clarendon Press . Oxford.

Lynam, Edward. 1948. Ear ly days i n Bermuda and t h e Bahamas. Geogr. Mag. 21: 201-207.

MacArthur, Robert H . and Edward 0 . Wilson. 1967. The theory of i s l a n d biogeography. (Monographs i n Populat ion Biology-1) Princeton Univ. P res s . Pr ince ton , N . J .

MacKinnen, Daniel. 1804. A t o u r through the B r i t i s h West Indies i n t h e years 1802 and 1803, g iv ing a p a r t i c u l a r account of t h e Bahama I s l ands . J . White, London. 272 pp.

Mi tche l l , Carleton. 1958. The Bahamas, i s l e s o f t h e blue-green s e a . Natl . Geogr. Mag. 115: 147-203.

---------- and James L. S t a n f i e l d . 1967.. The Bahamas; more o f s e a than o f land . Na t l . Geogr. Mag. 132: 218-267.

Norton, Graham. 1967. People of t h e Out 728.

Olschki , Leonard. 1941. Ponce de Leon's a geographical myth. Hispanic h e r .

I s l a n d s . Geogr. Mag. 40: 704-

foun ta in of youth: h i s t o r y of H i s t . Rev. 21: 361-385.

/ Psuty, Norbert P. and James S. Bai ley. 1969. Lagoons, i s l a n d s , o f f -

shore i s l a n d s , sho re l ines and banks. i n : Ear th resource surveys - from s p a c e c r a f t , v . 2 (Leetsma, R. A . , p r i n c i p a l i n v e s t i g a t o r ; R . A. White, ed.) NASA, Earth Resource Group. Houston, Texas. p . G-7-G-14.

Randall , John E . and Car le ton Ray. 1958. Bahamian Land-and-Spa Park. Sea F ron t i e r s 4: 72-80.

Rowe, George. 1864. The co lon ia l empire of Great B r i t a i n , considered c h i e f l y wi th r e fe rence t o i t s phys ica l geography and i n d u s t r i a l product ions . The A t l a n t i c group. Chr i s t i an Knowledge Socie ty . London.

Scho t t , Charles A . 1882. An i n q u i r y i n t o t h e v a r i a t i o n o f t h e compass o f f t h e Bahama I s l ands a t t h e time of the l a n d f a l l o f Columbus i n 1492. U . S. Coast Geodetic Surv. Rept. f o r 1880. Appendix No. 19.

Selby, M. J . 1970. Very high a l t i t u d e photography i n geography. 2: Landforms. N . Z . J . Geogr. 48: 4 p . ( f ac ing pp. 16-17) .

Shattuck, George B . 1903. The expedi t ion t o the Bahama I s l ands of t h e Geographical Socie ty o f Baltimore. Science 18: 427-432. ,

- - - ------- 1905. The Bahama I s l a n d s . Geographical Soc ie ty of Baltimore. Johns Hopkins P res s . Macmillan Co. 630 pp.

Simpich, Freder ick . 1936. Bahama hol iday . Nat l . Geogr. Mag. 69: 219- 245.

Smith, C . Lavet t . 1965. Survey of t h e Bahamas. Nat. H i s t . 74 (10): 62-65.

Talwani, Manik. 1960a. Gravi ty anomalies i n t h e Bahamas and t h e i r i n t e r p r e t a t i o n . Ph.D. Diss. Columbia Univ. New York, N . Y . 89 pp.

---------- 1960b. Gravi ty anomalies i n the Bahamas ( abs t .) . Diss. Abst. 21: 852-853.

---------- , J . L . Worzel, and M. Ewing. 1959. Gravi ty anomalies and s t r u c t u r e of t h e Bahamas. Lamont Geol. Obs. Columbia Univ. New Y o r k , N . Y . 9 p p .

---------- ---------- and ---------- 1960. Gravi ty anomalies and s t r u c t u r e of t h e Bahamas. Trans. 2nd. Carib. Geol. Conf. ~ayag i i ez , Puer to Rico, 4-9 January, 1959. pp. 156-161.

Thompson, T. A . 1944. A s h o r t geography of t h e Bahamas. P r i v a t e l y publ i shed . Nassau. Revised ed. p r i n t e d 1949 by Nassau Daily Tribune. Nassau.

Townsend, P. S . 1826. Memoir on t h e topography, weather and d i seases o f t h e Bahama I s l ands . J . Seymour Co. New York, N . Y . 80 pp.

Worzel, John Lamar, William Maurice Ewing, and Charles Lum Drake. 1953. The Bahamas I s l ands reg ions . P a r t 1 o f Gravi ty observa t ions a t . s e a ( a b s t . ) . Geol. Soc. Amer. Bul l . 64: 1494-1495. Also Amer. Mineral. 39: 349-350. 1954.

L . MAMMALOGY (INCLUDING SEA MAMMALS)

Allen, Glover M. 1905. Notes on Bahama b a t s . Proc. Bio l . Soc. Wash. 18: 65-71.

Allen, Glover M. 1911. Mammals of the West Indies. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 54: 175-263.

---------- 1937. Geocapromys remains from Exwna Island (Bahamas). J. Mamm. 18: 369-370.

---------- and C . C . Sanborn. 1937. Notes on bats from the Bahamas. J. Mamm. 18: 226-228.

Allen, J. A. 1891. Description of a new species of Capromys from the Plana Cays, Bahamas. Amer. Mus. Nat. His t . Bull. 3: 329-336.

Backus, Richard H. 1961. Stranded k i l l e r whale i n the Bahamas. J. Mamm. 42: 418-419.

Bangs, Outram. 1898. A new raccoon f r o m ' ~ a s s a u Island, Bahamas. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 12: 91-92.

Caldwell, David K . and Melba C. Caldwell. 1971. Beaked whales, Ziphius cav i ros t r i s , i n the Bahamas. Quart. J. Florida Acad. Sc i . 34: 157- 160.

Clough, Garrett C . 1969. The Bahaman Hutia: a rodent refound. Oryx 10: 106-108.

---------- 1972. Biology of the Bahaman Hutia, Geocapromys ingrahami. J . Mamm. 53: 807-823.

---------- 1973. A most peaceable rodent. Nat. His t . 82: 66-74.

---------- and George Fulk. 1971. The ver tebrate fauna and the vegeta- t ion of East Plana Cay, Bahama Islands. Atoll Res. Bull. 138: 1-17.

Cummings, W . C . 1963. Recent s tud ies a t the acoustic-video system: occurrence of animal sounds a t Bimini (abs t . ) . Assn. I s . Mar. Labs. 1963: 5.

Goldman, E . A. 1950. Raccoons of North and Middle America. N. Amer. Fauna 60: 1-153.

Harper, Francis. 1930. Notes on cer ta in forms of the house mouse (Mus - musculus), pa r t i cu l a r ly those of eas tern North America. J. Mamm. 11: 49-52.

Hecht, M. K . 1955. The comparison of recent and f o s s i l amphibian, r e p t i l i a n , and mammalian faunas i n the Bahamas. Yearb. Amer. Ph i l , Soc. f o r 1954 : 133-135.

Howe, R . J. 1971. Social behavior of the Bahaman hu t i a (Geocapromys ingrahami) with an investigation of marking behavior. . M.S. Thesis. Univ. Rhode Island. Kingston, R. I . 71 pp.

Howe, R. J . and G . Clough. 1971. The Bahaman h u t i a i n c a p t i v i t y . I n t . Zool. Yearb. 11: 89-93.

Koopman, Karl F. 1951. Foss i l b a t s from t h e Bahamas. J. Mamm. 32: 229.

---------- , Max K . Hecht, and Emanuel Ledecky-Janecek. 1957. Notes on the mammals o f t h e Bahamas with spec ia l reference t o t h e b a t s . J. Mamm. 38: 164-174.

Lawrence, Barbara. 1934. New Geocapromys from the Bahamas. Occ; Paper Boston Soc. Nat. H i s t . 8: 189-196.

McKinley, Daniel. 1959. H i s t o r i c a l note on t h e Bahama raccoon. J. Mamm. 40: 248-249.

MacLeay, W . S . 1829. J . 4: 269-278.

Notes on the genus Capromys o f Demarest. Zool.

Mi l l e r , G . H . 1931. The red b a t s o f the Greater Ant i l l e s . J . Mamm. 12: 409-410.

Mi l l e r , Ger r i t S . 1903. A new Natal ine b a t from the Bahamas. Proc. Biol . Soc. Wash. 16: 119-120.

---------- 1905. Mammals of t h e Bahama Is lands . in,: Shattuck, George B . , ed. The Bahama Is lands . Geographical so=ety o f Baltimore. Johns Hopkins Press. Baltimore, Maryland. pp. 371-384.

---------- 1929. The characters of the genus Geocapromys Chapman. Smithsonian Misc. Col l . 82 (3029): 1-3.

Moore, Joseph Cur t i s . 1958. A beaked whale from the Bahama Is lands and comments on the d i s t r i b u t i o n of Mesoplodon d e n s i r o s t r i s . h e r . Mus. NOV. 1897: 1-12.

Nesbi t t , C . R . 1836. On the Bahama f i s h e r i e s . J . Bahama Soc. Diff . Knowl. No. 11: 126-136.

Rebach, J . A . 1971. Comparison of gas exchange and water balance of the n u t r i a , Myocastor coypus, and the h u t i a , Geocapromys ingrahami. Ph.D. Diss. Univ. Rhode Is land. Kingston, R . I .

Schwartz, Alber t . 1955. The s t a t u s o f t h e species o f the b r a s i l i e n s i s group of t h e genus Tadarida. J . Mamm. 36: 106-107.

Shamel, H . H . 1931. Bats from the Bahamas. J . Wash. Acad. Sc i . 21: 251-253.

Sherman, H . B . 1954. Raccoons of t h e Bahama I s l ands . J. Mamrn. 35: 126.

Struhsaker, Paul . 1967. A n occurrence of t h e Minke whale, Balaeno t e r a acu to ros t ra t a , near the northern Bahama Is lands . J . Mamm --dm-

M. MEDICINE, HUMAN AND VETERINARY, AND PUBLIC HEALTH

Anonymous. 1835. On t h e medicinal and o the r uses of p l a n t s growing i n t h e Bahama I s l ands . J . Bahama Soc. Di f f . Knowl. No. 3: 23-30; N O . 4: 31-37; NO. 5: 44-46.

---------- 1836. (un t i t l ed -dea l s with medicinal p r o p e r t i e s of 12 p l a n t s , ex t rac ted from Beach's "American p r a c t i c e of medicine."). J . Bahama Soc. D i f f . Knowl. No. 9: 95-100.

---------- 1971. The p a t t e r n of use of marihuana. Tidsskr. Nor. Laegeforening 91: 2425. ( i n Norwegian).

Beveridge, S i r Wilfred W . 0 . 1927. Report on t h e pub l i c hea l th i n New Providence. Nassau. 67 pp.

Black, F. L . and W . J . Houghton. 1967. The s ign i f i cance of mumps haemagglutinin i n h i b i t i o n t i t e r s i n normal populat ions. h e r . J. Epidem. 85: 101-107.

Clarkson, M . J . and L. N. Owen. 1959. The p a r a s i t e s o f domestic animals i n the Bahama Is lands . Ann. Trop. Med. P a r a s i t . 53: 341-346.

Cory, Richard A . S. and Grahame M. Barry. 1962. A tubercul in and x-ray survey of school chi ldren i n Nassau. Tubercle 43: 145-150.

Cottman, Evans W . (with Wyatt Blassingame). 1963. Out-Island Doctor. E . P. Dutton andCo. , Inc. New York, N . Y . Also published by Hodder and Stoughton. London. 248 pp.

Edge, P. Granvi l le . 1944. Malaria and n e p h r i t i s i n t h e B r i t i s h West Indies . Carib. Med. J . 6: 32-43.

Feng, P. C . , L . J . Haynes, K . E . Magnus, and J . R . Plimmer. 1964. Fur ther pharmacological screening o f some West Indian medicinal p l a n t s . J . Pharmaceutical Pharm. 16: 115-117.

Florey, Charles duV., Michael M. Gerassimos, and Paul R. Cuadrado. 1966. Report of a serologi 'ca l survey o f t h e southern h a l f o f Eleuthera Is land, Bahamas. W. I . Med. J . 15: 71-82.

Hanek, G . 1972. Monogenetic trematodes from New Providence Is land, Bahamas. J . P a r a s i t . 58: 1117-1118.

Higgs, Mrs. Les l i e . 1969. Bush medicine i n t h e Bahamas. P r iva te ly published by t h e author with o r i g i n a l pa in t ings . 20 pp.

Hooper, P. A . and B . E . Leonard. 1965. Pharmacological p r o p e r t i e s of some West Indian medicinal p l a n t s . J. Pharmaceutical Pharm. 17: 98-107.

Hornburg, C . D . and A . W . S a a r i n e r . 1971. Bahamas on a s a l t f r e e d i e t . Water and Wastes Engin. 8: 32-34.

Humphries, S . V . 1957. A s tudy o f hypertension i n t h e Bahamas. S. Mr. Med. J . 31: 694-699.

Jackson, J . R . 1876. Princewood bark, a f e b r i f u g e from t h e Bahamas. Pharm. J . Trans. (London) 111. 6: 681.

Jackson, W . P. U. 1946. P lan t d e r m a t i t i s i n t h e Bahamas. B r i t . Med. J . 1946 (2) : 298.

Johnson, Benjamin C . 1960. A sampling survey s tudy of a r t e r i a l blood p res su re l e v e l s i n Nassau, New Providence, Bahamas, 1958 f o r descr ip- t i o n o f l e v e l s of blood p res su re i n a popula t ion i n r e l a t i o n s h i p t o age, sex , r a c e , and o t h e r f a c t o r s . D i s s e r t . Abst. 20: 3698-3699.

---------- and Richard D. Remington. 1960. A sampling s tudy of blood pressure l e v e l s i n White and Negro r e s i d e n t s of Nassau, Bahamas ( a b s t . ) . C i r c u l a t i o n 22: 768.

---------- and ---------- 1961. A sampling s tudy o f blood p res su re l e v e l s i n White and Negro r e s i d e n t s of Nassau, Bahamas. J . Chron. D i s . 13: 39-51.

Leam, G . and I . E . Walker. 1963. The occurrence o f Platynosomum fastosum i n domestic c a t s i n t h e Bahamas. Vet. Rec. 72: 46-47.

Moser, Marvin, Richard Morgan, Malcolm Hale, S ib l ey W. Hoobler, Richard Remington, H . J . Dodge, Al ice I . Macaulay. 1959. Epidemiology of hypertension with p a r t i c u l a r r e fe rence t o t h e Bahamas. I . Pre l iminary r e p o r t of blood p res su re and review of p o s s i b l e , e t i o l o g i c f a c t o r s . h e r . J . Cardiology 4: 727-734.

, Penrose, Clement A . 1905. S a n i t a r y condi t ions o f t h e Bahama I s l a n d s . i n : Shat tuck , George B-., ed. The Bahama I s l ands . Geographical - Socie ty o f Baltimore. Johns Hopkins P res s . Baltimore, Maryland. pp. 387-416.

Rosen, S . and H. V . Rosen. 1971. High frequency s t u d i e s i n school c h i l d r e n i n n ine c o u n t r i e s . Laryngoscope 81: 1007-1013.

Sawyer, William H. 1955. Medicinal uses o f p l a n t s by n a t i v e Inaguans. S c i . Monthly 80: 371-376.

Sghoepf, J . D . 1787. Materia medica americana potissimum r e g n i vegeta- b i l i s . Erlangen. x v i i i + 170 pp. Reprinted a s Bull . Lloyd L i - b r a r y No. 6 (Reprod. S e r . 3 ) . 1903.

Smith, Robert R . , e t a l . 1971-72. A s tudy of t h e near shore and t e r - r e s t r i a l f l o r a o f San Salvador I s l a n d . 3 vo l . College Center o f t h e Finger Lakes. Corning, N . Y . 1 chapter on Bush medicine of San Salvador Is land.

Spencer, D . J . 1972. Su ic ide i n t h e Bahamas. I n t . J . Soc. Psychia t ry 18: 110-113.

S t a f f o r d , J . L . , R . K . H i l l , and E . L . Demontaigne. 1955. Micro- f i l a r i a s i s i n t h e Turks I s l a n d s . W . I . Med. J. 4: 183-187.

Townsend, P. S. 1826. Memoir on t h e topography, weather and d i s e a s e s o f t h e Bahama I s l ands . J. Seymour Co. New York, N . Y . 80 pp.

N . GENERAL NATURAL HISTORY INCLUDING

REPORTS AND SEMI -POPULAR ACCOUNTS

Anonymous. 1903. Expedit ion t o t h e Bahama I s l a n d s . Bull . Geogr. Soc. 35: 538-539.

---------- (undated, but probably 1960). The Lerner Marine Laboratory a t Bimini, Bahamas. Amer. Mus. Nat. H i s t . New York, N. Y . 52 pp.

---------- 1971. Commonwealth of t h e Bahama I s l ands . Background Notes. Dept. o f S t a t e Publ. 8329: 1-4.

Agassiz, Alexander. 1893. Observat ions i n t h e West Ind ie s . Amer. J. S c i . Se r . 111. 45: 358-362.

---------- 1894. Reconnaissance o f t h e Bahamas. Bu l l . Mus. Comp. Zool. 26: 1-203.

Allen, E l sa G . 1937. New l i g h t on Mark Catesby. Auk 54: 349-363.

Allen, Glover M. and Thomas Barbour. 1904. Narra t ive of a t r i p t o t h e Bahamas. P r i v a t e l y p r i n t e d . Cambridge, Massachusetts. 10 pp., 3 p l . , 1 map, 1 f i g .

Andrews, E . A . , R. P. Bigelow, and T. H . Morgan. 1945. Three a t Bimini. S c i . Monthly 61: 333-344.

Ballou, H . A . 1910. Leg i s l a t ion i n t h e West Ind ie s f o r t h e con t ro l o f p e s t s and d i s e a s e s i n imported p l a n t s . W. I . Bul l . 10: 197-234. (Bahamas, p . .233) .

Batchelder , C . F . 1951. A b ib l iography o f t h e published w r i t i n g s o f Charles Johnson Maynard (1845-1929). J. Soc. Bib l . Nat. H i s t . 2 (7) : 227-260.

Benjamin, George J . 1970. Diving i n t o the blue holes of t h e Bahamas. Natl. Geogr. Mag. 138: 347-363.

Boersma, Anne. 1968. Bibliography on the Bahama Is lands . M.I.T. Exp. Astron. Lab. Rept. No. RN-37. 60 pp.

Bounds, John Howard. 1966. Land use i n t h e Bahamas. Ph.D. Diss. Universi ty of Tennessee. Knoxville, Tennessee. 419 pp.

---------- 1969. The Bahamas. Focus 19 (9) : 3- 7.

Breder, C. M., Jr. 1933. The Bacon-Andros Expeditions. Bull. N . Y . ZOO^. SOC. 36: 54-65.

---------- 1934. Ecology of an oceanic fresh-water lake, Andros Is land, Bahamas, with s p e c i a l reference t o i t s f i s h e s . Zoologica 18: 57-88.

Br i t ton , N . L . 1904a. Explorat ions i n F lo r ida and t h e Bahamas. J . N . Y . Bot. Gard. 5: 129-136.

---------- 1904b. Report on explora t ion of t h e Bahamas. J . N. Y . Bot. Gard. 5 : 201-209.

--..------- 1905. Explorations i n the Bahamas. J . N. Y . Bot. Gard. 6: 78-85.

Bryant, H. 1859. Observations on the Bahama Is lands . Boston Soc. Nat. H i s t . Proc. 7: 85.

Bunt, John S. 1971. New l a b beneath t h e Bahamian Sea. Sea Front iers 17: 171-174.

---------- , K. E . Cooksey, M. A. Heeb, C . C . Lee, and B. F. Taylor. 1970. Assay of a l g a l n i t rogen f i x a t i o n i n the marine subt ropics by acety lene reduction. Nature 227: 1163-1164.

Catesby, Mark. 1731-43. The na tu ra l h i s t o r y o f Carolina, F lor ida , and t h e Bahama Is lands . (ed. 1 ) . 2 vol . London.

Dowling, Allan. 1942. A r epor t on the Bahamas and Biminis. M. B. C a r s t a i r s , Whale Cay. 73 pp . (only 5 copies p r in ted) .

Dowsdn, William. 1960. A mission t o t h e West Indies ; Dowsonts journal f o r 1810-17. A. Deans Peggs, ed. Deans Peggs Research Fund. Crown Agents . London.

Durre l l , ~ o e ' C. 1972. The innocent i s l a n d - Abaco i n t h e Bahamas. Durre l l Publ ica t ions . Dis t r ibuted by Stephen Greene Press . Bra t t leboro, Vermont. 157 pp .

Eggers, H. F . A. ,1892. Die Bahama Inse ln . Globus 62: 209-214.

Fang, Carol and W . Harr ison. 1972. Bahamas Bibliography. A l ist o f c i t a t i o n s f o r s c i e n t i f i c , engineer ing and h i s t o r i c a l a r t i c l e s pe r - t a i n i n g t o t h e Bahama I s l a n d s . Spec. S c i . Rept. No. 56. V i rg in i a I n s t . Mar. S c i . Gloucester Po in t , Vi rg in ia .

F i r ck , G . F . and R . P. S t ea rns . 1961. Mark Catesby - t h e c o l o n i a l Audubon. Univ. of I l l i n o i s P res s . Urbana, I l l i n o i s . x + 137 pp.

Graves, John. 1708. A memorial: o r a s h o r t account of t h e Bahama I s l a n d s , e t c . P r i v a t e l y p r i n t e d .

Harvey, Thomas Chapman. 1858. O f f i c i a l r e p o r t s of t h e Out I s l ands o f t h e Bahamas. T. Darl ing, J. M. Connor, and T. Williams. Nassau.

Hassam, John Ty le r . 1899. The Bahama I s l ands . Notes on an e a r l y at tempt a t co lon iza t ion . John Wilson and Son. Cambridge, Massachu- s e t s . 55 pp. Reprinted Proc. Massachusetts H i s t . Soc. 2nd S e r . 1899: 4-58.

Haweis, Stephen. 1917. The book about t h e s e a gardens of Nassau, Bahamas. P. F . C o l l i e r . New York, N. Y . 78 pp.

Ives , Charles . 1880. I s l e s o f summer, o r Nassau and t h e Bahamas. Newhaven, publ i shed by t h e au thor . 356 pp.

Ke l l e r , Alan. 1968. Bahamas beaches saved from o i l p o l l u t i o n . Dock and Harbor Author i ty 79: 100-102.

8

Klingel , G i l b e r t C . 1932. Shipwrecked on Inagua. Nat. H i s t . 32: 42-55.

---------- 1940a. The edge of t h e edge of t he world. Nat. H i s t . 45: 68-73.

---------- 1940b. Inagua. Dodd, Mead and Co. New York, N. Y .

---------- 1959. Wonders of Inagua, which i s t h e name o f a very lone ly and nea r ly f o r g o t t e n i s l a n d . Robert Hale, Ltd. London.

---------- 1961. The ocean i s l a n d (Inagua) . Anchor Books; Doubleday and Fo. Garden C i t y , N. Y . 415 pp.

Knabe, J e rzy and Brodislaw Siadek. 1967. Bahamy (Die Bahamainseln) . Poznaj Swiat (Warszawa) 172: 33-36.

LaGorce, John Ol ive r . 1919. Devi l - f i sh ing i n t h e Gulf Stream. Na t l . Geogr. Mag. 35: 476-488.

MacKinnen, Daniel . 1804. A t o u r through the B r i t i s h West Ind ie s i n t h e years 1802 and 1803, g iv ing a p a r t i c u l a r account of t h e Bahama I s l ands . J . White. London. 272 pp.

Mathewson, Robert F. 1963a. The Lerner Marine Laboratory. The American Museum of Natural His tory . Amer. Zool. 3: 288.

---------- 1963b. An a e r i a l reconnaissance of the Bahama I s l ands . Assn. I s . Mar. Labs. Nov. 1963: 25.

Maynard, Charles Johnson. 1887. Six months i n t h e Bahamas; o r j o t t i n g s from a n a t u r a l i s t ' s note book. Amer. Exchange and Mart and House- hold J . 3: 9; 3: 21; 3: 33; 3: 45; 3: 51; 3: 69; 3: 117; 3: 129; 3: 142; 3 : 165; 3: 176-177; 3: 188-189; 3: 200-201; 3: 225; 3: 261.

---------- 1918. Dawn on San Salvador. Rec. Walks and Talks with Nat. 10: 51-52.

Miner, Eunice Waldo. 1926. Scenes i n the I s l e s of June. Nat. H i s t . 26 (6 ) : 8 unnumbered pages between 604 and 605.

Miner, Roy Waldo. 1926. The Bahamas i n sunshine and storm. Nat. H i s t . 26: 588-604.

---------- 1930. Above and below Bahaman waters . Nat. H i s t . 30: 593- 605.

---------- 1934. Coral c a s t l e bu i lde r s of t r o p i c seas . Navl. Geogr. Mag. 65: 703-728.

Mitchell , Carleton. 1948. Carib c ru i ses the West Indies . Natl . Geogr. Mag. 93: 1-56.

---------- 1958. The Bahamas, i s l e s of the blue-green sea . Natl . Geogr. Mag. 113: 147-203.

Northrop, John I . 1910. A n a t u r a l i s t i n the Bahamas. Memorial Volume. Columbia Universi ty P ress . New York, N . Y .

Nutting, C . C . 1894. The Bahama Expedition. S c i . expedit ions of the S t a t e Univ. Iowa 1893: 12-32.

---------- 1895. Narrat ive and prel iminary repor t of Bahama Expedition. Bull . Lab. Nat. H i s t . S t a t e Univ. Iowa 3: 1-25.

---------- 1901. The labora tory equipment of the "Bahama Expedition" from t h e Universi ty of Iowa. J. Appl. Microscopy 4: 1229-1234.

Olschki, Leonardi. 1941. What Columbus saw on landing i n the West Ind ies . Proc. Amer. P h i l . Soc. 84: 633-659.

Posnet t , N . W . 1968. Land resource bibliography No. 1 - Bahamas. Land Resources Division, Direc tora te of Overseas Surveys. Tolworth, Surrey.

Posnet t , N . W . and P. M. R e i l l y . 1971. Land resource bibl iography. I . Bahamas. Land Resources Division. Foreign and Commonwealth Office. Overseas Development Administrat ion. London. 74 pp.

Rabb, G . B . and E . B. Hayden, Jr. 1957. The Van Voast - American Museum of Natural His tory Bahama I s l ands Expedit ion. Amer. Mus. NOV. 1836: 1-53.

Ray, Carleton, ed . 1958. Report of t h e Exuma Cays P r o j e c t . Resul t s of a survey made January 19-28, 1958 under t h e auspices of t h e New York Zoological Socie ty and t h e Conservation Foundation. Bahamas National T rus t . Nassau. ( rev ised 1961).

---------- and Alexander Sprunt IV. '1971. Parks and conservat ion i n the Turks and Caicos I s l ands . Administrator Of f i ce , Turks and Caicos I s l ands . 45 pp.

. ~ . ..

Rigg, J. Linton. 1949. Bahama I s l a n d s . Van Nostrand Co. New York, N . Y . Reprinted 1951, 1959, Eugene C. Connett , ed.

~ o s g n , N i l s . 1911. Contr ibut ion t o t h e fauna o f t h e Bahamas. I . A general account o f t h e fauna, with remarks on t h e physiography of $he i s l a n d s . 11. The R e p t i l e s . 111. The Fishes. Lunds Univ. Arssk. N . F. Afd. 2, Bd. 7: 3-72. (Acta Univ. Lundensis, nova s e r i e s ) .

Rothrock, J. T. 1892. Some observa t ions on t h e Bahamas and Jamaica. Proc. h e r . P h i l . Soc. 29: 145-148.

Shat tuck, George Burbank, ed. 1905a. The Bahama I s l ands . Geographical Socie ty of Baltimore. Johns Hopkins Press . Macmillan Co. 630 pp.

---------- 1905b. Some genera l cons idera t ions r e l a t i n g t o t h e Bahama I s l ands . i n : ~ h a t t u i k , George Burbank, ed. The Bahama I s l ands . ~ e o ~ r a ~ h i c x Soc ie ty o f Baltimore. Johns Hopkins P res s . Macmillan CO. pp 587-600.

---------- and Benjamin LeRoy M i l l e r . 1905. Physiography and geology of t h e Bahama I s l ands . i n : Shat tuck, George Burbank, ed. The Bahama I s l ands . ~ e o ~ r a ~ K c a 1 Soc ie ty o f Baltimore. Johns Hopkins P res s . Macmillan Co. pp 3-20.

Shedden, Evelyn. ' 1930. Ins and ou t s of t h e Bahama I s l ands (as seen from t h e "Livonialr). Goose and Sons. Norwich. 32 pp.

Smiley, Nixon. 1962a. Learn more about South F lo r ida by l ea rn ing more about Bahamas. F a i r c h i l d Trop. Gard. Bull . 17: 4. (Indexed a s "Bahamas s t o r y : i n t roduc t ion , geology,, s o i l and c l imate , n a t i v e p l a n t s , h e l p f u l booksrr) .

---------- 1962b. Gem-like Bahamas c rea t ed from s e a t s v io lbn t ups and downs. F a i r c h i l d Trop. Gard. Bull . 7: 5-19.

Stephens, William M . 1968. Southern seashores: a world of animals and p l a n t s . Holiday House. New York, N . Y . 188 pp.

Thompson, T. A. 1944. A s h o r t geography of t h e Bahamas. P r i v a t e l y published. Nassau. Revised and r e p r i n t e d 1949 by Nassau Daily Tribune.

Westermann, J . H . 1953. Nature p rese rva t ion i n t h e Caribbean. A review of l i t e r a t u r e on t h e d e s t r u c t i o n and preserva t ion of f l o r a and fauna i n t h e Caribbean a r e a . Found. S c i . Res . Surinam and Netherlands A n t i l l e s . Utrecht . Publ. No. 9 . 107 pp. (Bahamas, p . 12-15; 70).

Wilson, Robert L. and Robert L. Berbenback. 1961. Observations of p re sen t day carbonate environments i n t h e Bahama I s l ands ( a b s t . ) . Tennessee Acad. J . S c i . 36: 140.

---------- and ---------- 1963. Observations o f present-day carbonate environments i n t h e Bahama I s l ands . Tennessee Acad. S c i . J . 38: 31-36.

Wolper, Ruth G . Durlacher. 1964. A new theory i d e n t i f y i n g t h e l o c a l e o f Columbusls l i g h t , l a n d f a l l , and landing. Smithsonian Misc. Coll . 148 (1) : 41 pp.

Wylly, William. 1789. A s h o r t account of t h e Bahama I s l ands , t h e i r c l ima te , product ions , e t c . London. 44 pp.

0 . ORNITHOLOGY

Anonymous. 1966. New n a t i o n a l park f o r flamingos (Great Inagua, Bahamas). Oryx J . Fauna Preserv. Soc. 8: 276.

Aldr ich , John W . and Allen J . Duvall . 1958. D i s t r i b u t i o n and migrat ion of r aces o f t h e Mourning dove. Condor 60: 108-128.

Allen, E l sa G . 1937. New.light on Mark Catesby. Auk 54: 349-363.

Allen, Glover M . 1905. Summer b i r d s i n t h e Bahamas.' Auk 22: 113-133.

Allen, J . A . 1887. Maynard on "Five new spec ie s o f b i r d s from the Bahamas . " Auk 4 : 155.

---------- 1890. Descript ion o f a new spec ie s of I c t e r u s from Andros I s l a n d , Fahamas. Auk 7: 344-346 + 1 co lo r p l . (Reprinted i n North- rop, John I . A n a t u r a l i s t i n the Bahamas. Memorial Volume. 1910. pp. 66-68).

---------- 1892. Chapman on the o r i g i n of t h e avifauna of t h e Bahamas. Auk 9 : 179-180.

86

Allen, J . A. 1900. New b i rds from the Bahamas. Auk. 17: 187.

Bangs, Outram. 1900. Notes on a c o l l e c t i o n o f Bahama b i r d s . Auk. 17: 283-293.

---------- 1916. The smaller mockingbird of t h e northern Bahamas. New Eng. Zool. Club Proc. 6 : 23.

Bond, James. 1934. The d i s t r i b u t i o n and o r i g i n of the West Indian avifauna. Proc. Amer. P h i l . Soc. 73: 341-349.

- - - - - - - - - - 1945. Additional notes on West Indian b i r d s . Not. Nat. 148: 1-4.

---------- 1948. Origin of the b i rd fauna of the West Indies . Wilson Bul l . 60 : 207-229.

---------- 1956. Check-l is t of b i r d s of the West Ind ies . Acad. Nat. S c i . Ph i l a . i x + 214 pp.

---------- 1963. Derivation of t h e Ant i l lean avifauna. Proc. Acad. Nat. S c i . Ph i l a . 115: 79-98.

---------- 1971. Birds of the West Indies . Houghton Mif f l in Co. New York, N . Y .

Bonhote, J . Lewis. 1899. A l i s t of b i rds co l l ec ted on the I s l and of New Providence, Bahamas. I b i s s e r . 7, Vol. 5 : 506-520.

---------- 1901. On a c o l l e c t i o n of b i r d s made by M r . T. R . Thompson a t t h e Cay Lobos Lighthouse, Bahamas. Auk 18: 145-149.

---------- 1902. F ie ld notes on some Bahama b i r d s . Aviculture Mag. Se r . I , Vol. 8: 278-285.

---------- 1903a. On a c o l l e c t i o n of b i r d s from the northern Is lands of the Baharna group. I b i s , s e r . 8, Vol. 3: 273-315.

---------- 1903b. Fie ld notes i n some Bahama b i r d s . Aviculture Mag., N . S. 1: 19-24; 54-62; 87-95.

---------- 1903c. Bird migration a t some of t h e Bahama l ighthouses. Auk 20: 169-179.

Boynton, Alice M . 1908. Bahama news. Bird-lore 10: 192.

Brodkorb, P ie rce . 1959. Ple is tocene b i rds from New Providence Is land, Bahamas. Bull . F lor ida S t a t e Mus. 4: 349-371.

Bryant, H . 1859. A l i s t of b i r d s seen a t the Bahamas from January 20th t o May 14th, 1859 with desc r ip t ions of new o r l i t t l e known species . Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. H i s t . 7: 102-134.

Bryant, H . 1863. Descr ip t ion o f two b i r d s from t h e Bahama I s l a n d s , h i t h e r t o undescribed. Proc. Boston Nat. H i s t . Soc. 9 : 279-280.

---------- 1866. Additions t o a l i s t o f b i r d s seen a t t h e Bahamas. Proc. Boston Nat. H i s t . Soc. 11: 63-70.

Buden, Donald W . and Alber t Schwartz. 1968. Rept i les and b i r d s of Cay S a l Bank, Bahama I s l a n d s . Quart . .J. F l o r i d a Acad. S c i . 31: 290-320.

Chal l inor , David J . 1962. Recent s i g h t record of K i r t l a n d l s warbler i n t h e Bahamas. Wilson Bul l . 74: 290.

Chapman, Frank M. 1891. The o r i g i n of t h e avifauna of t h e Bahamas. Amer. Nat. 25: 528-539.

---------- 1904. A flamingo c i t y : recording a r ecen t exp lo ra t ion i n t o a l i t t l e -known f i e l d o f orn i thology. Century Mag 69: 163-180.

---------- 1908. Camps and c r u i s e s of an o r n i t h o l o g i s t . Hodder and Stoughton. London. 432 pp. P a r t i v . Bahama b i r d - l i f e . Introduc- t o r y , The Flamingo, The egg b i r d s , The booby and t h e man-of-war b i r d . pp. 151-228.

Conklin, Kathleen. 1970. Post-Columbian b i r d s from Abaco I s l a n d , Bahamas. Quart. J . F lo r ida Acad. S c i . 33: 237-240.

Cory, Charles B . 1886a. The b i r d s o f t h e West Ind ie s , i nc lud ing the Bahama I s l a n d s , t h e Grea ter and Lesser A n t i l l e s , excepting t h e i s l a n d s of Tobago and Tr in idad . Auk 3: 1-59; 187-245; 337-381; 454-472.

---------- 1886b. The b i r d s of t h e Bahama I s l ands (conta in ing many b i r d s new t o t h e I s l ands and a number o f undescribed win te r plumages o f North American b i r d s ) . Es t e s and Laur i a t . Boston. 250 pp. 2nd ed . 1890. 3rd ed. 1892.

---------- 1891a. A l i s t o f ' b i rds taken and observed i n Cuba and t h e Bahama I s l ands , during March and A p r i l 1891. Auk 8: 292-296.

---------- 1891b. L i s t o f t h e b i r d s c o l l e c t e d by C. L. Winch i n the Caicos I s lands and Inagua, Bahamas, during January and February, and i n Abaco, i n March 1891. Auk 8: 296-298.

---------- 1981c. On a c o l l e c t i o n of b i r d s made on t h e i s l a n d s o f Anguil la and Cay S a l o r S a l t Cay, Bahamas, by M r . Cyrus S. Winch during May 1891. Auk 8: 352.

Dur re l l , Zo6 C . 1972. The innocent i s l a n d - Abaco i n t h e Bahamas. Durre l l Pub l i ca t ions . D i s t r ibu ted by Stephen Greene P res s . Bra t t leboro , Vermont. 157 pp.

Emlen, John T. 1973. T e r r i t o r i a l aggression i n win ter ing warblers a t Bahama agave blossoms. Wilson Bull . 85: 71-74.

Fleming, J . H . 1901. European lapwing i n t h e Bahamas. Auk 18: 272.

Friedman, Ralph. 1948. Black skimmer and whi te pe l i can i n t h e Bahamas. Auk 65: 142.

Fue r t e s , Louis Agassiz. 1904. Af t e r flamingos i n t h e Bahamas. Windsor Mag. ( Ju ly) 20: 219-226.

Greenway, James C . , Jr. 1963. A name f o r t h e hummingbird of t h e Caicos I s l a n d s . Proc. N . Eng. Zool. Club 15: 105-106.

Har t l ey , George I . 1924. The l o s t flamingos. Century Co. New York and London. 319 pp.

Kale, Herbert W . 11, Margaret H. Hundley, and James A. Tucker. 1969. Tower-killed specimens and observa t ions o f migrant b i r d s from Grand Bahama I s l a n d . Wilson Bull . 81: 258-263.

Maynard, Charles Johnson. 1884a. Catalogue of Bahama b i r d s ' s k i n s , n e s t s , and eggs. P r i v a t e l y p r i n t e d .

- - - - - - - - - - 1884b. Notes on t h e breeding h a b i t s of t h e American flamingo, e t c . (Phoenicopterus r u b e r ) . N a t u r a l i s t i n F lo r ida 1: 1.

---------- 1885. Remarkable b i r d s . No. 3. Bahama woodpecker (Picus i n s u l a r i s Nobis). N a t u r a l i s t i n F lo r ida 1: 13.

- - - - - - - - - - 1887a. Descr ip t ions o f f i v e new s p e c i e s of b i r d s from t h e Bahamas. Amer. Exchange and Mart and Household J. 3: 33.

- - - - - - - - - - 1887b. Corrected d e s c r i p t i o n s of f i v e new s p e c i e s o f b i r d s from t h e Bahamas. Amer. Exchange and Mart and Household J . 3: 69.

---------- 1890. Notes on West Indian b i r d s . Contr. S c i . 1: 171-181; 2: 92-105.

- - -& - - - - - - 1894. Defense glands i n a Bahama s p e c i e s of phasa. Contr. S c i . 2: 191-194.

---------- 1895, I l l u s t r a t i o n s and d e s c r i p t i o n s of t h e b i r d s o f t h e Bahamas. Bahama f r u i t f i nch :Sp inda l i s - zena. Boston. C. J . Maynard and Co.

---------- 1898 (on t i t l e page; 1903 i n appendix). A catalogue of t h e b i r d s of t h e West Ind ie s which do n o t occur elsewhere i n North America no r th of Mexico (p lus appendix). P r i v a t e l y p r i n t e d . Newtonville, Massachuset ts .

Mayr, Erns t . 1953. Additional notes on the b i r d s of Bimini, Bahamas. Auk 70: 499-501.

Mitchell , Carleton. 1957. Bal ler inas i n pink (flamingos) . Natl. Geogr. Mag. 112: 553-571.

Northrop, John I . 1891a. The b i r d s of Andros Island, Bahamas. Auk 8: 64-80. (Reprinted i n Northrop, John I . A n a t u r a l i s t i n the Bahamas. Memorial volume. Columbia Univ. Press . New York, N. Y . 1910. pp. 50-65.)

---------- 1891c. Bahama b i r d s . N. Y . Acad. S c i . Trans. 10: 52-53.

Palmer, W . and J . H. Riley. 1902. Description of t h r e e new b i r d s from Cuba and the Bahamas. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 15: 33-34.

Paterson, Andrew. 1972. Birds of the Bahamas. Durrel l Publ. Dis t r ibuted by Stephen Greene Press . Brat t leboro , Vermont. 180 pp.

Paulson, Dennis R . 1966. New records of b i rds from t h e Bahama. Is lands . Not. Nat. 394: 1-15.

Peter , James L . 1927. The Virginia nighthawk i n the Bahamas. Auk 44: 421.

Ridgway, Robert. 1891. List of b i r d s co l l ec ted on the Bahama Islands by n a t u r a l i s t s of the Fish Commission steamer t lAlbatross. t l Auk 8: 333- 339.

---------- 1902. Descriptions of th ree new b i r d s o f the fami l i e s Mniot i l t idae and Corvidae. Auk 19: 69-70.

Riley, J . H. 1903a. A new subspecies of highthawk from t h e Bahama Is lands . Auk 20: 431-433.

---------- 1903b. The snowy plover i n t h e Bahamas. Auk 20: 433.

---------- 1903c. The second known specimen of Centurus myeanus Ridgway. Auk 20: 434.

---------- 1905a. L i s t of b i r d s co l l ec ted o r observed during t h e Bahama expedition of t h e Geographic Society of Baltimore. Auk 22: 349-360.

---------- 1905b. Birds of t h e Bahama Is lands . i n : Shattuck, George Burbank, ed . The Bahama I s lands. ~ e o ~ r a ~ h s a l Society of Baltimore. Johns Hopkins Press . pp. 347-368.

---------- 1913. The Bahama barn owl. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 26: 153-154.

Riley, J . H. 1917. An unrecorded b i r d from t h e Bahamas. Auk 34: 209.

Schwartz, Alber t . 1970. Subspeci f ic v a r i a t i o n i n two spec ie s o f An t i l l ean b i r d s . Quart. J . F lo r ida Acad. S c i . 33: 221-236.

---------- and Ronald F. Klinikowski. 1963. Observations on West Indian b i r d s . Proc. P h i l a . Acad. Nat. S c i . 115: 53-77.

Tashian, Richard E . 1956. Lark sparrow (Chondestes grammacus) on Bimini, Bahamas, B.W.I. Auk 73: 558.

Todd, W . E . Clyde. 1911. The Bahaman spec ie s o f Geothlypis. Auk 28: 237-253.

Vaurie, Char les . 1953. Observations and new records of b i r d s from t h e Biminis, northwestern Bahamas. Auk 70: 38-48.

Wetmore, Alexander. 1937. Bird remains from cave depos i t s on Great Exuma I s l and i n t h e Bahamas. Bull . Mus. Comp. Zool. 80: 427-441.

---------- 1938. Bird remains from t h e West Ind ie s . I . Records from cave depos i t s on Crooked I s l a n d , Bahamas. Auk 55: 51-55.

---------- 1955. A check- l i s t of t h e f o s s i l and p r e h i s t o r i c b i r d s of North America and t h e West Ind ie s . Smithsonian Misc. Col l . 131 (5 ) : 1-105.

Zahl, Paul A . 1947. The flamingos o f Andros. S c i . Yonthly 64: 277-288.

---------- 1951. Flamingost l a s t s t and on Andros I s land . Nat l . Geogr. Mag. 99: 635-652.

---------- 1952. Flamingo hunt . Bobbs-Merrill. Indianapol i s , Indiana. 270 pp. (Reprinted 1953 by Hammond Co. London.)

P . OCEANOGRAPHY

Anonymous. 1957. Tongue of t h e Ocean. Sea F ron t i e r s 3: 147.

---------- 1963. Review o f t h e oceanographic environment of t h e Tongue o f t h e Ocean, Bahamas. Naval Underw. 0rd . S t a t . Tech. Mem. 290.

---------- 1968a. Record f o r working d ive . Compressed A i r 73: 20.

---------- 1968b. S a l t , e a s t coas t s o l a r source . Chem. Engin. News 56: 19-20.

Armstrong, J . C . 1953. Oceanography i n the Tongue of t h e Ocean, Bahamas, B . W . I . Off . Naval Res. NONR-04501: 1-12.

Athearn, William D . 1963. Bathymetry of t h e S t r a i t s of Flor ida and t h e Bahama Is lands . Pa r t 11. Bathymetry of t h e Tongue of t h e Ocean, Bahamas. Bull . Mar. S c i . Gulf Carib. 13: 365-377.

Bane, Gi lbe r t W . , Jr. 1965. Results of d r i f t b o t t l e s t u d i e s near Puerto Rico. Carib. J . S c i . 5: 173-174.

Bathurst , Robin G . C . 1971. Bimini Lagoon. i n : H . Gray Multer. F ie ld guide t o some carbonate rock environments: Florida Keys and western Bahamas. Fa i r l e igh Dickinson Univ., Madison, N. J . pp. 62-67.

Bornhold, Brian D . 1970. Carbonate t u r b i d i t e s i n Columbus Basin, Bahamas (abs t .) . Geol. Soc. Amer. .Abst. 2: 197-198.

---------- and Orr in H. P i lkey. 1971. B ioc las t i c t u r b i d i t e sedimenta- t i o n I n Columbus Basin, Bahamas. Geol. Soc. Amer. Abst. 3: 19.

Bracey, D . R . 1963. Geologic i n t e r p r e t a t i o n of marine magnetic d a t a i n an a rea o f f t h e southern Bahama Is lands . U . S. Naval Oceanog. O f f . Rept. 7 pp.

---------- and O t i s E . Avery. 1963. (Marine) magnetic survey o f f t h e southern Bahamas, P ro jec t M-15. U. S. Naval Oceanog. Off. Tech. Rept. (160): 29 pp.

Broecker, Wallace S. and Taro Takahashi. 1965. Calcium carbonate p r e c i p i t a t i o n on t h e Bahama Banks, West Indies ( a b s t . ) . Geol. Soc. Amer. Spec. Paper 82: 20.

Bsharah, Lewis. 1957. Plankton of t h e ~ l o r i d a cu r ren t . V. Environmental condi t ions , s tanding crop, seasonal and d iu rna l changes a t a s t a t i o n f o r t y miles e a s t of Miami. Bull . Mar. S c i . Gulf Carib. 7: 201-251.

Bunt, John S. 1971. New lab beneath t h e Bahamian sea . Sea Fron t i e r s 17: 171-174.

Busby, R . F. 1965. Ocean bottom reconnaissance o f f the e a s t coas t of Andros Is land, Bahamas. Tech. Rept. U . S . Naval Oceanog. Off. no. 189.

---------- , C . V . Bright , and A. Pruna. 1966. Ocean bottom reconnaissance o f f the e a s t coas t of Andros Is land, Bahamas. U . S. Naval Oceanog. Off. Tech. Rept. N00-TR-189. 55 pp.

---------- and G . F. Dick. 1964. Oceanography of e a s t e r n Great Bahama Bank, Pa r t I . Temperature s a l i n i t y d i s t r i b u t i o n . Tech. Rept. U . S. Naval Oceanog . Off.

Cameron, Barry. 1968. Ecological determination of t h e source a rea of some Bahamian t u r b i d i t e s ( a b s t . ) . Geol. Soc. h e r . Spec. Paper 115: 33.

Cloud, P. E . , Jr., I rv ing Friedman, F . D . S i s l e r , and V. H . Diebeler . 1958. Microbiological f r a c t i o n a t i o n of t h e hydrogen iso topes . Science 127 (3311) : 1394-1395.

---------- 1962. Behavior of calcium carbonate i n s e a water . Geochim. Cosmochim. Acta 26: 867-884.

Cook, G . S . 1963. Review of t h e oceanographic environment of t h e Tongue of t h e Ocean, Bahamas. Pa r t 11. Survey and ana lys i s of ocean cur- r e n t d a t a . U. S. Naval Underw. Ord. S t a t i o n Tech. Mem. No. 290.

---------- 1965. Lagrangian cur ren t measurements i n t h e Northeast Providence Channel and the Tongue of the Ocean, Bahamas. 14 Feb- ruary t o 6 March 1963. U . S . Naval Underw. Ord. S t a t i o n Tech. Mem. No. 327.

---------- , G . G . Gould, and W . C . Taylor. 1963. Lagrangian cur ren t measurements of t h e Northeast Providence Channel and t h e Tongue of t h e Ocean, Bahamas. 14 February t o 6 March 1963. Preliminary Rept. U . S. Naval Underw. Ord. S t a t i o n Tech. Mem. No. 306.

Costin, J . M . 1965a. Mixing and residence time on the Great Bahama Bank. U. S. Atomic Energy Comm. Tech. Rept. CU-17-65: 1-18.

- - - - - , - - - - - 1965b. Dye t r a c e r s t u d i e s on the Bahama Banks (summary). Symposium, Diffusion i n oceans and f r e s h waters . Lamont Geol. Obs. 31 August-2 September 1964: 68-69.

---------- 1968. Direct cu r ren t measurements i n t h e A n t i l l e s Current. J . Geophy. Res. 73: 3341-3344.

Cummings, W. C . , B. D. Brahy, and W . F . Herrnkind. 1964. The occurrence of underwater sounds of b io log ica l o r i g i n o f f the west coas t of Bimini, Bahamas. - i n : W . N . Tavolga, ed. Marine Bio-acoustics. Pergamon Press . Mew York. x i i + 413 pp. ( t h i s paper: pp. 27-43).

Cunningham, Richard T. 1966. Evaluation of Bahamian o o l i t i c a ragoni te sand f o r F lo r ida beach nourishment. Shore and Beach 34: 18-21.

Curry, Thomas J . 1968. Accuracy of the Decca Chain i n t h e Bahama I s l ands . U. S. Naval Underw. Weapons Res. Engin. S t a t i o n Tech. Rept. NUWS-TR-10. 43 pp.

Dann, R . 1965. Ambient noise measurements a t Bimini, October 1964- May 1965. Marine Lab, Univ. Miami Tech. Rept. ML-66057. Coral Gables, F lor ida . 15 pp.

---------- and M. Kronengold. 1963. Ambient noise s t u d i e s o f f Bimini, Bahamas. Marine Lab, Univ. Miami Tech. Rept. ML-63582. Coral Gables, F lor ida . 314 pp.

Dann, R. and M . Kronengold. 1964. Ambient no i se measurements a t Bimini, Apr i l 1964-September 1964. Marine Lab, Univ. Miami, Tech. Rept. ML-6435 7.

Drew, G . H. 1912. Report of i n v e s t i g a t i o n s on marine b a c t e r i a c a r r i e d on a t Andros I s l a n d , Bahamas, B r i t i s h West Ind ie s i n May 1912. Carnegie I n s t . Wash. Yearb. 11: 136-144.

---------- 1914. On t h e p r e c i p i t a t i o n o f calcium carbonate i n t h e s e a by marine b a c t e r i a , and on t h e a c t i o n o f d e n i t r i f y i n g b a c t e r i a i n t r o p i c a l and temperate s e a s . Papers Tortugas Lab, Carnegie I n s t . Wash. Publ . 182: 7-45.

Easton, William H . 1968. Underwater e f f e c t of hu r r i cane Betsy on some Bahamian r e e f s ( a b s t .) . Geol . Soc. h e r . Spec. Paper 101 : 59; 301.

E i t t r e i m , Stephen, Maurice Ewing, and Edward M. Thorndike. 1969. Sus- pended mat te r along t h e con t inen ta l margin of t h e North American Basin. Deep-sea Res. 16: 613-624.

Englehardt , G . P. 1915. The Bahamas, c o r a l r e e f s , and c o r a l i s l a n d s . Brooklyn Mus. Quart. 1: 202-215.

Ewing, Maurice a t a l . 1968a. Leg I o f t h e c r u i s e s o f t h e d r i l l i n g vesse l "Glomar ~ h a l l e n ~ e r , " Orange, Texas t o Hoboken, N. J . , August t o September 1968. S i t e 4 - Shipboard S i t e r e p o r t s . Univ. C a l i f o r n i a Scr ipps I n s t . Oceanog. pp. 179-213. U.S.G.P.O. Washington, D . C .

1968b. Leg I of t h e c r u i s e s o f t h e d r i l l i n g vesse l "Glomar Challenger," Orange, Texas t o Hoboken, N. J . , August t o September 1968. S i t e .5. Shipboard S i t e r e p o r t s . Univ. C a l i f o r n i a Scr ipps I n s t . Oceanog. pp. 214-242.' U.S.G.P.O. Washington, D. C.

---------- 1969. ~ e g i o n a l a spec t s o f deep-water d r i l l i n g i n t h e Gulf o f Mexico, e a s t o f t h e Bahamas Platform, and on t h e Be-qnuda Rise. I n i t i a l r e p o r t s . Deep-sea D r i l l i n g P r o j e c t , Glomar Callenger 1: 624-640. U.S.G.P.O. Washington, D . C .

griedman, Daniel . 1964. Pe r iod ic v a r i a t i o n s o f t h e temperature and water c u r r e n t s i n t h e Tongue of t h e Ocean, Bahamas. U. S . Naval Res. Lab, In t e r im Rept. 12 pp.

---------- 1965. Microtopography o f s e a f l o o r e a s t of Goulding Cay, Bahamas. Mem. Naval Res. Lab. No. 1612. Washington, D. C.

F u g l i s t e r , F. C . 1947. Average monthly s e a su r face temperatures of t h e western North A t l a n t i c Ocean. Papers Phys ica l Oceanog. Meteorol. M.I.T..Woods Hole Oceanog. I n s t . 10: 1-25.

G a l t s t o f f , P. S . 1943. Copper content of s e a water. Ecology 24: 263- 265.

Gapurro, L. R . A . 1967. Oceanography from space. Boll . Geof. Teorica Appl. 9 : 3-16.

Goedicke, T. R . 1960. Some geologica l r e s u l t s of underwater sound measurements i n t h e Bahamas. Tech. Rept. Marine Lab, Univ. Miami. No. 60.

Gossnet t , F. R . 1948. F la re t r i a n g u l a t i o n between F lo r ida and t h e Bahamas. J . Coast Geodetic Surv. 1: 39-44.

Guilcher, ~ n d r 6 . 1969. P le i s tocene and Holocene s e a l e v e l changes. Ear th-Sci . Rev. 5: 68-97.

Guppy, H . B . 1917. P l a n t s , seeds , and c u r r e n t s i n t h e West Ind ie s and Azores. Williams and Norgate. London. 531 pp.

Hannau, Hans W . and Bernd H . Mock. (undated, but appeared i n 1973) . Beneath t h e seas of t h e West Ind ie s . Caribbean, Bahamas, F lo r ida , Bermuda. Hastings House. New York, N . Y . 104 pp.

Harr ison, W . 1964. Sea l e v e l o s c i l l a t i o n s recorded i n subsurface a t Freepor t , B.W.I. ( a b s t . ) . Geol. Soc. Arner. Spec. Paper 76: 75-76.

---------- 1971. A t l a n t i s undiscovered; Bimini, Bahamas. Nature 230 (5292) : 287-289.

Hay, W . W . 1967. Bimini Lagoon: model carbonate e p e i r i c s e a ( a b s t . ) . h e r . Assn. P e t r o l . Geol. Bull . 51: 468-469.

---------- , F e l i x Wiedenmayer, and Donald S. Marszalek. 1971. Modern organism communities o f Bimini Lagoon and t h e i r r e l a t i o n t o t h e sediments. i n : H. Gray Multer, ed . F i e l d Guide t o some carbonate rock environments : Flo r ida Keys and western Bahamas. pp. 66B-66T.

Hays, E a r l . 1960. Yamacraw 11, Narra t ive . Woods Hole Oceanog. I n s t . Ref. No. 60-22, Documentation Library.

Huddell, Howard D . 1967. AUTEC sediment depos i t ion/eros ion s tudy, i n t e r i m r e p o r t . U. S. Naval Oceanog. Off . Rept. NO-IR-67-100. 47 PP.

Hurley, Robert J . 1964. Bathymetry of t h e S t r a i t s of F lo r ida and t h e Bahama I s l a n d s , P a r t 111. Southern S t r a i t s of F lo r ida . Bull . Mar. S c i . Gulf Carib. 14: 373-380.

---------- , V. B . S i e g l e r , and L . K . Fink, Jr. 1962. Bathymetry of t h e S t r a i t s o f F lo r ida and the Bahama I s l ands . I . Northern S t r a i t s of ~ l o ' r i d a . Bul l . Mar. S c i . Gulf Carib. 12: 313-321.

Jackson, R. A. 1965. S t a b i l i t y of rubble-mound breakwaters, Nassau Harbor, Nassau, New Providence, Bahamas. U. S . Army Engin. Water Exp. S t a t i o n Tech. Rept. No. 2-697.

Jelgersma, S. 1966. Sea l eve l changes i n t h e l a s t 10,000 years . Proc. Royal Meterol. Soc. I n t . Symposium-World Climate, 8,000 t o 0 B . C . , Imperial College of London. pp. 54-71.

Jensen, Homer. 1948. Some t echn ica l aspects of Bahamas airborne- magnetometer survey ( a b s t . ) . O i l and Gas J. 46: 114; Geophysics 13: 495.

Katz, B . 1965. Circula t ion near t h e southern Berry Is lands , Bahamas. Tech. Rept. U . S . Atomic Energy Comm. CU-23-65.

Kier, J e r r y S. and Orrin H . P i lkey. 1971. The inf luence of sea l eve l changes on sediment carbonate mineralogy, Tongue of t h e Ocean, Bahamas. Mar. Geol. 11: 189-200.

Kornicker, Louis S. 1962. Hydrography and sedimentology i n t h e v i c i n i t y of Bimini, Great Bahama Bank ( a b s t . ) . Texas J . S c i . 14: 415-416.

---------- and E . G . Purdy. 1957. A Bahamian f a e c a l - p e l l e t sediment. J . Sed. P e t r o l . 27: 126-128.

Kumpf, Herman E . 1963. Acoustic-video system f o r b io log ica l research . I V . Use o f underwater t e l e v i s i o n i n bio-acoust ic research . Proc. Symposium Marine Bio-acoustics. Bimini, Bahamas. pp. 45-57.

1

Kupferman, S t u a r t L . 1971. Fa l lou t a s an i n d i c a t o r of sedimentary processes i n a shallow water environment ( a b s t . ) . Eos (Amer. Geophy . Union Trans .) 52 : 258.

Lucas, Gabriel . 1970. L ' e f f e t des mouvements de l l e a u e t de l a morphologie sous-marine s u r l a & p a r t i t i o n des d6p8ts. Soc. G6ol . Fr. C . R . S6r . D 270: 1417-1420.

McCallum, M . F. and K . Guhathakurta. 1970. The p r e c i p i t a t i o n of calcium carbonate from seawater by b a c t e r i a . J . Appl. Bacteriology 33: 649-655.

Magnitzky, A. W . and H . V. French. 1960. Tongue of the Ocean research experiment. U . S . Naval Oceanog. Off. Rept. TR-94. 132 pp.

Mathewson, R . F. 1963. An a e r i a l reconnaissance of t h e Bahama I s l ands . Assn. Is . Mar. Labs. Nov. 1963: 25.

Mil ler , Milton A . 1968. Isopoda and Tanaidacea from buoys i n coas ta l waters of cont inenta l United S t a t e s , Hawaii, and Bahamas (Crustacea). U. S. Nat l . Mus. Proc. 125 (3652) : 53 pp.

Miner, R . W . 1930. Above and below Bahaman waters . Nat. H i s t . 30: 593-605.

Nesteroff , W . D . and Gene A. Rusnak. 1962. Sedimentary c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s of modern t u r b i d i t e s i n t h e Tongue of t h e Ocean (Bahamas) compared t o abyssal p l a i n t u r b i d i t e s . i n : National Coastal and Shallow - water Research Conf. Proc. 1961. pp. 393.

Neumann, A . Conrad. 1973. Quaternary sea l e v e l h i s t o r y of Bermuda and t h e Bahamas. AMQUA meeting prospectus 4-5 December 1973. Miami, F lor ida .

---------- , Conrad D. Gebelein, and Terence P. Scof f in . 1970. The composition, s t r u c t u r e , and e r o d a b i l i t y of s u b t i d a l mats, Abaco, Bahamas. J . Sed. P e t r o l . 40: 274-297.

Newell, Norman D. 1951. Organic r e e f s and submarine dunes of o o l i t e sand around Tongue of t h e Ocean, s ah am as . (abs t . ) . Geol . Soc . Amer. Bull . 62: 1466.

---------- 1953. Under t r o p i c seas (Bahamas) ( abs t . ) . h e r . Assn. P e t r o l . Geol. Bul l . 37: 1125.

---------- , John Imbrie, Louis Kornicker, and Edward Purdy. 1956. Bahamian limestone seas ( a b s t . ) . Geol. Soc. h e r . Bull. 67: 1820.

Oppenheimer, C . H. 1961. ~ o t e on t h e formation of sphe r i ca l a ragoni te bodies i n t h e presence of b a c t e r i a from t h e Bahamas Bank. Geochim. Cosmochim. Acta 23: 295-296.

Pi lkey, 0 . H . 1966. Mineralogy of Tongue of the Ocean s-ediments. J . Mar. Res. (Sears 'Found. Mar. ~ e s . ) . 24: 276-285.

---------- , James B . Rucker, and Normitsu Watabe. 1968. Poss ib le sea- level-carbonate mineralogy r e l a t i o n s h i p i n Tongue of t h e Ocean sediments ( abs t .) . - Geol. Soc. Amer. Spec. Paper 101 : 371.

Randall, John E . and Car le ton Ray. 1958. Bahamian Land-and-Sea Park. Sea F ron t i e r s 4: 72-80.

Rausch, James P . 1972. Survey of marine l i f e . College Center of t h e Finger Lakes. Corning, New York. 53 pp.

R i e t z e l , John. 1959. An echo-sounding survey near Green Cay, Bahamas. Woods Hole Oceanog. Ref. C-1396. 4 pp.

Richards, Horace G . 1971. Sea l eve l during t h e p a s t 11,000 years a s ind ica ted by d a t a from North & South America. Quaternaria 14: 7-15.

---------- 1972. Some aspects of t h e marine Quaternary o f t h e Caribbean a rea . V I Conf. Geol. Caribe Margarita, Venezuela Memorias. pp. 426-429.

Richardson, W . S . and J . R. Finlen. 1967. The t r a n s p o r t of t h e North- west Providence Channel. Deep-sea Res. 14: 361-367.

Ross, D . S. 1969. Color enhancement f o r ocean cartography. in : Oceans from space. P. C . Badgley, L. Milroy, and L. Childs, e d s T Proc. Gulf Publ. Co. Houston, Texas. pp. 50-63.

Rucker, James B . , Newel1 T. S t i l e s , and Roswell F. Busby. 1967. Sea- f l oo r s t reng th observations from the DRV ALVIN i n the Tongue of the Ocean, Bahamas. SE Geol. 8: 1-8.

Ruggles, G . S. 1963. Temporal and s p a t i a l va r ia t ions of the tempera- t u r e and sound speed i n the Tongue of t he Ocean, Bahamas. Manual U. S. Naval Oceanog. Off. No. 0-33-63.

---------- 1966. Sound velocimeter p ro f i l e s from the Tongue of the . Ocean and Exuma Sound, Bahamas, February and March 1962. U. S. Naval Oceanog. Off. Rept. N00-IR-0-8-66. 38 pp.

---------- and L . Cisney. 1966. Determination o f sound speed from temperature measurements i n the Tongue of the Ocean, Bahamas. U. 'S . Naval Oceanog. Off. Rept. N00-IR-0-7-66. 16 pp.

Schram, Thomas A. 1970. Marine biological invest igat ions i n the Bahamas. 14. Crypris y, a l a t e r developmental s t age of Nauplius y Hansen. Sars ia 44: 9-24.

Scoffin, T. P. 1970. The trapping and binding of sub t ida l carbonate sediments by marine vegetat ion i n Bimini Lagoon, Bahamas. J. Sed. Pe t ro l . 40: 249-273.

Shepard, F. P. and H. E . Suess. 1956. ate of pos tg lac ia l r i s e of sea level . Science 123: 1082-1083.

Shidy, L. P. 1905. Tides and bench marks a t Nassau, New Providence. i n : Shattuck, George Burbank, ed. The Bahama Is lands . Geographical - Society o f Baltimore. Johns Hopkins Press. Macmillan Co. Bal t i - more, Maryland. pp. 51-96.

Shonting, D. H . 1963. Review of the oceanographic environment of the Tongue of the Ocean, Bahamas. Par t 1. Preliminary discussions. Tech. Mem. Naval Underw. Ord. Sta t ion No. 289.

---------- 1970. On the d i s t r i bu t i on o f temperature, s a l i n i t y , and oxygen i n the Tongue of the Ocean, Bahamas. Bull. Mar. Sc i . 20: 35-56.

Siegler , Violet B. 1961. Bathymetric reconnaissance of Exuma Sound. Univ. Miami In s t . Mar. Sc i . Rept. 61-4: 1-9.

S i s l e r , Frederick, D. 1962. Microbiology and biochemistry of t he sediments and overlying water. i n : Environment of calcium carbonate deposition west of Andros ~ s l a n d , Bahamas. U.S.G.S. Prof. Paper 350: 64-69.

Smith, C . L . 1940. The Great Bahama Bank. 1. General hydrographic and chemical f a c t o r s . 2. Calcium carbona te p r e c i p i t a t i o n . J . Mar. Res. (Sears Found. Mar. Res.) 3: 1-31; 147-189.

---------- 1966. Descending t h e Andros Reef. Nat. H i s t . 75: 38-43.

Smith, N . R . 1926. Report on a b a c t e r i o l o g i c a l examination of I fchalky mudt1 and sea-wate r from t h e Bahama Banks. Carnegie I n s t . Wash. Publ . 344: 67-72.

Spencer , Maria. 1967. Bahama deep t e s t . Amer. Assn. P e t r o l . Geol. Bu l l . 51: 263-268.

S t e inbe rg , J . C . , W . C . Cummings, B . D. Brahy, and J . Y . MacBain ( S p i r e s ) . 1965. Fu r the r b i o - a c o u s t i c s t u d i e s o f f t h e west c o a s t o f North Bimini, Bahamas. B u l l . Mar. S c i . 15: 942-963.

Stommel, Henry. 1958. The Gulf Stream. Univ. C a l i f o r n i a P r e s s . Berkeley, C a l i f o r n i a and Cambridge Univ. P r e s s . Cambridge. 202 pp .

S t o r r , J . F. 1964. Ecology and oceanography o f t h e c o r a l - r e e f t r a c t , Abaco I s l a n d , Bahamas. Geol. Soc. Amer. Spec. Paper 79: 1-98.

Szabo, Barney J . 1967. Radium c o n t e n t i n p lankton and s e a wate r i n t h e Bahamas. Geochim. Cosmo,chim. Acta 31: 1321-1331.

---------- 1968. Trace element c o n t e n t o f p lankton popula t ion from t h e Bahamas. Ca r ib . J . S c i . 8 : 185-186.

---------- 1971. Concent ra t ion o f radium-226 i n Nor theas t Providence Channel and t h e Tongue o f t h e Ocean, Bahamas. Bu l l . Mar. S c i . 21: 748-753.

T i l l , Roger. 1970. The r e l a t i o n s h i p between environment and sediment composition (geochemistry and pe t ro logy) i n t h e Bimini Lagoon, Bahamas. J . Sed . P e t r o l . 40 : 367-385.

T i l l i n g h a s t , Will iam H . 1881. Notes on t h e h i s t o r i c a l hydrography of t h e Handkerchief Shoal i n t h e Bahamas. Harvard Univ. B ib l i og . Contr . 14. 6 pp.

Traganza, Eugene Dewees. 1966. Dynamics of t h e carbon d iox ide system on t h e Grea t Bahama Bank ( a b s t . ) . Diss. Abs t . , S c i . Engin. 27: 61B-62B.

---------- and B . J . Szabo. 1967. C a l c u l a t i o n of calc ium anomalies on t h e Great Bahama Bank from a l k a l i n i t y and c h l o r i n i t y d a t a . Limnol. Oceanog. 12: 281-286.

Traverse , A l f r ed and Robert N . Ginsburg. 1966. Palynology of t h e s u r - f a c e sediments o f t h e Grea t Bahama Bank, a s r e l a t e d t o wate r movement and sed imenta t ion . Mar. Geol. 4: 417-459.

Turekin, K . K . 1957. S a l i n i t y v a r i a t i o n s i n s e a water i n t h e v i c i n i t y o f Bimini, Bahamas, B r i t i s h West I n d i e s . Amer. Mus. Nov. 1822: 1-12.

Uchupi, E l a z a r . 1966. Shallow s t r u c t u r e of t h e S t r a i t s o f F l o r i d a . Sci'ence 153 : 529-5 31.

Vary, Wi l la rd E . 1969. Remote s ens ing by a e r i a l co lo r photography f o r water depth p e n e t r a t i o n and ocean bottom d e t a i l . Proc. 6 t h I n t . Symposium on Remote Sensing of t h e Environment 2: 1045-1059.

Wanless, Harold R . 1969. Sedimentary s t r u c t u r e zonat ion on t i d a l l e v e e s , Andros I s l a n d , Bahamas ( a b s t . ) . Amer. Assn. P e t r o l . Geol. Bu l l . 53: 748.

Wennekens, M. P a t . 1961. Oceanography of t h e Tongue of t he Ocean, Bahama I s l a n d s ( a b s t .) . J. Geophy . Res. 66 : 1560.

Wiedemann, Hartmut U . 1969. S o l u t i o n s i n i n t e r t i d a l and s u p r a t i d a l environments o f modern carbonate sed imenta t ion ; t h e i r imp l i ca t i on on d i agenes i s . Chem. Geol. 4: 393-409.

Wilkerson, J . R . , R . Peloquin, and I . P e l r o t h . 1963. Airborne r a d i a - t i o n thermometer survey , Tongue o f t h e Ocean, 5 through 9 Feb'ruary 1963. U . S. Naval Oceanog. O f f . T e d . Rept. IMR-0-20-63.

Wood, J . Ferguson. 1968. S t u d i e s o f phytoplankton ecology i n t r o p i c a l and s u b t r o p i c a l environments of t h e A t l a n t i c Ocean. P a r t 3. Phyto- plankton communities i n t h e Providence Channels and t h e Tongue of t h e Ocean. Bu l l . Mar. S c i . 18: 481-543.

Woodring, W . P. 1954. Caribbean land and s e a through t h e ages . Geol. Soc. Amer. Bul l . 65: 719-782.

Q. TOURIST ITEMS RELATED TO NATURAL HISTORY

Anonymous. 1963. Bahamas (publ i shed f o r B r i t i s h Overseas A i r Corp. and Bahamas Airways by In t e r -Con t inen ta l A i r Guides) 75 pp.

- - - - - - - - - - 1970. Commonwealth o f t h e Bahamas S t a t i s t i c a l Abs t r ac t . Dept. o f S t a t i s t i c s , Cabinet Of f i ce . Nassau. 211 pp.

---------- 1970. Man-made i s l a n d promises double b e n e f i t s t o Bahamas. Ocean Ind. 5 : 30.

---------- 1973. The West I n d i e s and Caribbean Yearbook. Thomas Skinner D i r e c t o r i e s . Croyden. London. 985 pp. Bahamas pp. 33-81. Turks and Caicos I s l a n d s . pp. 191-196.

B a r r a t t , P. J. H . 1973. Grand Bahama. S tackpole P re s s . Har r i sburg , Pennsylvania . 206 pp.

But ler , G . Paul and Er ica But ler . 1960. The Caribbean, Central America, the Bahamas, Bermuda. Van Nostrand Co. Princeton, New Je r sey . 438 pp.

Carrington, Vivien. 1972. Civics f o r t h e Bahamas. Longman Caribbean. Longman Group Ltd. Harlow, Essex.

Col l ins , Doreen. 1961. The Turks and Caicos Is lands ; some impressions o f an English v i s i t o r . Carib. Quart. 7: 163-167.

Colonial Off ice . 1953. An economic survey o f the co lon ia l t e r r i t o r i e s , 1951. Vol. 4. The West Indian and American t e r r i t o r i e s . Colonial No. 281-4. 274 pp. London.

Craton, Michael. 1964. Sun In sixpence: a guide t o Nassau and the Bahama Out Is lands . S. P. Dupuch, ed. Nassau.

Dupuch, Etienne, Jr., ed. 1970. Bahamas Handbook and BusinessmanJs Annual, 19.70-71, ed. 9. Etienne Dupuch, Jr. Publ ica t ions . Nassau. Published each year .

Edson, Wesley. 1964. Ret i r ing t o the Caribbean. Doubleday. Garden Ci ty , New York.

Fodor, Eugene, ed. 1969. FodorJs guide t o the Caribbean, Bahamas and Bermuda, 1969. David McKay t o . Ney York, N. Y . 607 pp.

Gelhorn, Eleanor Cowles. 1955. McKayfs guide t o Bermuda, t h e Bahamas, and the Caribbean. David McKay Co. New York, N. Y . 404 pp.

Gosset, ~ e n g e a t a1 . , 1968. Die Inse ln der unbegreuzten ~ a g l i c h k e i t e n Bahamas . We1 twoche ( Z i r i ch) Jan . : 36.

Grafton, P. 1969. Planning an i s l a n d i n t h e sun. Chartered Surveyor 102: 157-158.

Grandfield, Alison. (no da te , but appeared i n 1973). The Bahamas - i s l a n d by i s l and . Bahamas Ministry of Tourism. Nassau.

Greenwap, J . C . 1938. F l igh t over the Bahamas. Harvard Alumni Bull. 40: 483-488.

Hannau, Hans W . 1970 (undated) . Is lands of t h e Bahamas ( i n f u l l co lo r ) . Hastings House. New York, N. Y . 163 pp. including 48 i n color .

---------- (undated, but before 1971). Nassau i n t h e Bahamas. Wilhelm Andermann Veriag. Munich. 61 pp. + 30 co lo r p l .

---------- (undated but appeared i n 1971). The Bahama Is lands i n f u l l co lo r . Doubleday and Co., Inc. Garden Ci ty , New York. 124 pp.

Haweis, Stephen. 1924. The happy s i d e (New Providence). Country Li fe 45: 35-38 + 2 p l .

Hepburn, Andrew H . 1958. Complete guide t o the Caribbean and t h e Bahamas. (American Travel s e r i e s No. 7) . Houghton M i f f l i n Co. Boston. 164 pp.

J e f f e r s o n , P e t e r . 1966. Maison de vacances dans l e s I l e s Bahamas. Arch i t ec tu re f r anqa i se 27: 90-91.

Kline, Harry. 1973. Bahama Islands-boatman's guide t o the land and the water . ( r e v i s i o n o f J. Linton Riggs ls book "Bahama I s l andsw- 4 th ed.) Charles Sc r ibne r s Sons. New York, N. Y . 294 pp.

Lindley, John R. and John B . Davies. 1971. S a n d f l i e s and tourism i n F lo r ida and t h e Bahamas and Caribbean a rea . J . Econ. Ent. 64: 264-278.

Long, E . John. 1964. Bahamas ( r ev i sed ed.) (Around the World Program- American Geographical Soc ie ty ) . Doubleday Co. Garden Ci ty , New York. 64 pp.

Lyons, Anne Nason. 1969. Tourism ( i n the Bahamas). Focus 19 (9) : 8-11.

Macmillan, A l l i s t e r , ed. 1938. The West I n d i e s , p a s t and p resen t , wi th B r i t i s h Guiana and Bermuda. W . H. and L. Col l ingr idge . London. 440 pp.

Mogridge, I an . 1969. Proper ty investment i n the Bahamas: a guide t o s a f e investment and maximum p r o f i t . Garnston P res s . London.

Morgan, D. J . 1967. Prqsperous Bahamas. Geogr. Mag. 40: 715-728.

Moseley, Mary. 1926. Bahamas Handbook. Nassau Guardian. Nassau, Bahamas .

Moss, Frank T. 1973. Le t ' s f i s h t h e Bahamas. Pastimes (Eastern A i r - l i n e s Passenger Mag.) 1 (12) : 18-23.

v Novotnf, J . 1966. Bahamy zyi jj t u r i s t i k y (Die Bahama I n s e l n u. de r

Fremdenverkehr). ~ i d 6 Ieme (Praha) 15: 185-186.

O1Shanshun, Frank. 1969. Bahama I s l a n d s , Cays of t h e Kingdom. i n : Fodor, Eugene, ed . Fodor 's guide t o t h e Caribbean Bahamas a x Bermuda. David McKay Co. New York, N . Y .

Savage, Ernes t A . 1934. The l i b r a r i e s o f Bermuda, t he Bahamas, t h e B r i t i s h West I n d i e s , B r i t i s h Guiana, B r i t i s h Honduras, Puerto Rico and t h e American Virgin I s l ands : a r e p o r t t o the Carnegie Corpora- t i o n o f New York. The Library Associa t ion . London. 102 pp.

Sever, Bruce B . 1964. Basic da ta - on the economy of the Bahama Is lands . U . S . Bureau of I n t . Commerce. Overseas Business Rept. OBR 64-38. 9 pp.

S ta rk , J . H . 1891. S t a r k ' s h i s t o r y and guide t o the Bahama Is lands .... including t h e i r h i s t o r y , inhab i t an t s , c l imate , a g r i c u l t u r e , geology, government. Boston. J . H . S tark Co.

---------- 1943. The Bahamas look t o the fu tu re . Foreign Commerce Weekly. 11: 8-10. (Reprinted: U. S. Bureau of Foreign and Domestic Commerce. Inquiry reference se rv ice . War developments i n the West Indies . Washington, D. C. 39 pp. ) .

Thielen, Benedict. 1964. The Bahamas - golden archipelago. Holiday 36: 60-72 +.

Wilson, Frank I . 1864. Sketches of Nassau. Standard Press . Raleigh, North Carolina.

Wilson, Henry A. 1891. A winter v i s i t t o the Bahamas Is lands . Mass. Hort. Soc. Trans. 1891: 210-229.

R . PALEONTOLOGY

Brodkorb, P ie rce . 1959. Pleistocene b i r d s from New Providence Is land, Bahamas. Bull . F lor ida S t a t e Mus. 4: 349-371.

Cloud, Preston E . , Jr. and V i r g i l E . Barnes. 1948. Palaeoecology of t h e e a r l y Ordovician sea i n c e n t r a l Texas. Natl. Res. Council, Rept. Committee on Trea t i se Mar. Ecol. and Paleoecology 1947-48. pp. 29-83.

Corgan, James X . 1969. Ple is tocene marine molluscan faunules from the L i t t l e Bahama Bank ( a b s t . ) . Tennessee Acad. Sc i . J. 44: 49.

Craig, G . Y . 1967. Size-frequency d i s t r i b u t i o n s of l i v i n g and dead populat ions of pelecypods from Bimini, Bahamas. J . Geol. 75: 34-45.

Dall , William H . 1905a. Notes on the f o s s i l s o f the Bahamas ( a b s t . ) . Science 21 : 390-391.

---------- 1905b. Foss i l s of the Bahama Is lands , with a l i s t of the non-marine mollusks. i n : Shattuck, George Burbank, ed. The Bahama I s l ands . ~ e o ~ r G h i c a 1 Society of Baltimore. Johns Hopkins Press . Baltimore, Maryland. pp. 23-47.

Etheridge, Richard. 1965. Ple is tocene l i z a r d s from New Providence. Quart. J . Flor ida Acad. S c i . 28: 349-358.

Fabr i c ius , Frank. 1964. Aktive Lage- und ~ r t s v e r s n d e r u n g b e i de Koloniekoral l e Manicena a ~ e o l a t a und i h r e p a l ~ o ~ k o l o g i s c h e Bedeutung (with English summary). Senckenbergiana Lethaea 34: 299-317.

Gibson, T. G . and J . Schlee. 1967. Sediments and f o s s i l i f e r o u s rocks from t h e e a s t e r n s i d e of t h e Tongue of t h e Ocean, Bahamas. Deep- Sea Res. 14: 691-702.

Hebard, Edgar B . 1967. P le i s tocene mollusks from New providence I s l and , Bahamas. Nauti lus 81: 41-44.

~ e c h t , M . K . 1955. The comparison of r ecen t and f o s s i l amphibian, r e p t i l i a n , and mammalian faunas i n t h e Bahamas. Yearb. Amer. P h i l . Soc. f o r 1954: 133-135.

Jones, J . I . and W . D. Bock. 1963. race element d i s t r i b u t i o n i n some l i v i n g and f o s s i l Foraminifera from south F lo r ida , Bahamian, and Caribbean waters . Geol. Soc. Amer. Ann. Meeting, 1963, Program 88A.

Koopman, Karl F . 1951. F o s s i l b a t s from t h e Bahamas. J . Mamrn. 32: 229.

Kornicker, Louis S . 1963a. The Bahama Banks: a " l iving1' f o s s i l environment. J . Geol. Ed. 11: 17-25. .

- - - - - - - - - - 1963b. Ecology and c l a s s i f i c a t i o n o f Bahamian Cy the re l l i dae (Ostracoda). Micropaleontology 9 : 61-71.

Lynts, George W . 1971. Analysis of t h e p lanktonic Foraminifera1 fauna of core 6275, Tongue of t h e Ocean, Bahamas. Micropaleontology 17: 152-166.

Pessagno, E . A . , Jr. 1969 (?) . Mesozoic p lanktonic Foraminifera and Rad io la r i a . i n : I n i t i a l r e p o r t s of t h e Deep Sea D r i l l i n g P r o j e c t . I . 1, Leg 1 o f c r u i s e s of t h e Glomar Challenger, Orange, Texas t o Hoboken, N . J . August t o September 1968. U.S.G.P.01 ,Washington, D. C . pp. 607-621.

---------- 1971. J u r a s s i c and Cretaceous Hagias t r idae from t h e Blake- Bahama Basin ( S i t e SA,' JOIDES Leg 1) and t h e Great Valley sequence, C a l i f o r n i a Coast Ranges. Bull . Amer. Pa leont . 60: 1-83.

---------- 1972. Cretaceous Radio lar ia : 11. Pseudoaulophacidae Riedel from t h e Cretaceous o f C a l i f o r n i a and t h e Blake-Bahama Basin (JOIDES l e g I ) . Bul l . Amer. Pa leont . 61: 283-325.

Richards, Horace Gardiner. 1954. P le is tocene mollusks from Andros I s l and , Bahamas. Nauti lus 67: 120-121.

---------- 1971. Sea l e v e l dur ing t h e p a s t 11,000 years as i n d i c a t e d by d a t a from North and South America. Quaternar ia 14: 7-15.

Vaughan, Thomas W . , M. A. Howe, e t a l . 1919. Contributions t o the geology and paleontology of the West Ind ies . Carnegie I n s t . Wash. Publ. 291. 184 pp.

Wetmore, Alexander. 1937. Bird remains from cave deposi t s on Great Exuma Is land i n the Bahamas. Bull . Mus. Comp. Zool. 80: 427-441.

---------- 1938. Bird remains from the West Indies . I . Records from cave deposi t s on Crooked Is land, Bahamas. Auk 55: 51-55.

- - - - - - - - - - 1955. A check- l i s t of t h e f o s s i l and p r e h i s t o r i c b i rds of North America and the West Indies . Smithsonian Misc. Col l . 131 (5) : 1-105.

Wilson, R . L . , R . E . Bergenback, and C . P . Finlayson. 1962. Foss i l c o r a l r e e f s , Fresh Creek, Andros I s l and , Bahamas ( a b s t . ) . Geol. Soc. h e r . Spec. Paper 68: 82.

Wing, Elizabeth, S. 1969. Vertebrate remains excavated from San Salvador Is land, Bahamas. Carib. J . S c i . 9: 25-29.

S . SO1 L SCIENCE

Anonymous. 1928. The Bahama I s l ands . Information as t o t r a d e , s o i l , c l imate , e t c . f o r intending s e t t l e r s , t o u r i s t s and business men. Development Board. Nassau. 24 pp. + 1 map.

Ahmad, N . and Robert L . Jones. 1969. Occurrence of aluminous l a t e r i t i c s o i l s (bauxites) i n the Bahamas and Cayman Is lands . Econ. Geol. 64: 804-808.

I l l i n g , L . V . 1954. Bahaman calcareous sands. Amer. Assn. P e t r o l . Geol. Bull . 38: 1-95.

Mil lard, R . S. 1959. Road problems i n the Bahamas. Dept. S c i . Indust . Res. Road Res. Lab. Note No. RN/3458/RSI. Nassau. 6 pp.

Mooney, Charles N . 1905. S o i l s of t h e Bahama I s l ands . i n : Shattuck, George Burbank, ed. The Bahama I s l ands . ~ e o ~ r a ~ h i c x Society of Baltimore. Johns Hopkins Press . Baltimore, Maryland. pp. 147-181.

Northcroft , George J . H . 1902. Sketches of Summerland - giving some account of Nassau and the Bahamas I s l ands . Nassau Guardian. Nassau. Chapter 15-Soils and a g r i c u l t u r e , pp. 174-185.

Orpurt, P h i l i p A . 1964. The microfungal f l o r a o f ba t cave s o i l from Eleuthera Is land, the Bahamas. Canad. J . Bot. 42: 1629-1633.

Robertson, E . C . 1958. Experimental consolidat ion of aragonite mud ( a b s t . ) . Wash. Acad. S c i . J . 48: 142-143.

Sharples, S. P. 1883. Turks Is land and the guano caves of the Caicos Is lands . Proc. Boston Soc; Nat. H i s t . 22: 242-252.

S t o r r , John. 1835. On c e r t a i n manures appl icable t o the s o i l s of the Bahamas. J . Bahama Soc. Dif f . Knowl. No. 5: 40-43.

T. TURKS AND CAICOS ISLANDS

Anonymous. 1836. (On the s a l t ponds a t East. Caicos). J. Bahama Soc. Dif f . Knowl. No. 17: 182-183.

---------- 1859. Turk's Is land. S a l t exported. J . h e r . Geogr. S t a t . Soc. (N.Y.) 1: 123.

---------- 1973. The West Indies and Caribbean Yearb. Thomas Skinner Director ies . Croyden. 985 pp. Turks and Caicos I s . pp. 191-196.

Booy, Theodoor de. 1912. Lucayan remains on the Caicos I s l ands . h e r . Anthrop. 14: 81-105.

---------- 1918. The Turks and Caicos Is lands , B r i t i s h West Indies. Geogr. Rev. 6 : 37-51.

Coll ins, Doreen. 1961a. The Turks and Caicos Is lands; some impressions of an English v i s i t o r . Carib. Quart. 7: 163-167.

---------- 1961b. Turks and Caicos: unknown i s l ands i n the sun. New Commonwealth 39: 377-378.

Cory, Charles B . 1891. L i s t of b i r d s co l l ec ted by C . L. Winch i n the Caicos Is lands and Inagua, Bahamas, during January and February, and i n Abaco, i n March 1891. Auk 8: 296-298.

Dar re l l , H. A . 1931. A Turks Is land c a l l f o r a t t e n t i o n . Canad. W. I . Mag. 20: 108-109.

Doran, E . B . 1958. The Caicos conch t r ade . Geogr. Rev. 48: 388-401.

Doran, Edwin. 1955. Land forms of t h e southeastern Bahamas. Dept. of Geogr., Univ. of Texas, Publ. 5509. Austin, Texas. 38 pp. + 12 maps .

Greenway, James C . , Jr. 1963. A name f o r the hummingbird of t h e Caicos Is lands . Proc. N . Eng. Zool. Club 15: 105-106.

Guppy, H. B . 1917. P lan t s , seeds, and cur ren t s i n the West Indies and Azores. Williams and Norgate. London. 531 pp.

Howe, Marshall A. and Percy Wilson. 1908. Report on the botanical explora t ion o f t h e Bahama and Caicos I s l a n d s , J. N. Y . Bot. Gard. 9: 41-50.

I s o c r a t e s . 1944. Bermuda's c la im t o Turk 's I s l a n d s . Bermuda H i s t . Quart. 1 (2 , 4 ) : 21-32; 179-188.

Lewis, C . B . 1954. The Turks and Caicos I s l a n d s . Nat. H i s t . Note i n Nat. H i s t . Soc. Jamaica No. 66. -

Nichols , J . T. 1921. A l i s t o f Turks I s l a n d s f i s h e s , with a desc r ip - t i o n o f a new f l a t f i s h . h e r . Mus. Nat. H i s t . Bu l l . 44: 21-24.

P a r r , A lbe r t E ide . 1930. Te leos tean shore and shallow-water f i s h e s from t h e Bahamas and Turks I s l a n d . Bul l Bingham Oceanog. C o l l . 3: 1-148 + 38 f i g .

Peake, R . E . 1899. On t h e survey by t h e S . S. "Bri tannia" of t h e cab l e r o u t e between Bermuda, Turk ' s I s l ands , and Jamaica, with d e s c r i p t i o n by S i r John Murray of t h e marine d e p o s i t s brought home. Proc. Royal Soc. Edinburgh 22 : 409-429.

P r o c t o r , G . R . 1954-55. Notes on the vege t a t i on o f t h e Turks and Caicos I s l a n d s . Nat. H i s t . Soc. Jamaica 6 : 149-152; 170-174; 199-203.

Ray, Car le ton and Alexander Sprunt IV. 1971. Parks and conserva t ion i n t h e Turks and Caicos I s l a n d s . Adminis t ra tor Of f i ce , Turks and Caicos Is. Grand Turk.

S a d l e r , H . E . 1970. Turks I s l a n d l a n d f a l l . P r i v a t e l y o f f e r ed f o r s a l e . Grand Turk. 200 pp.

Schneider , E . D . and B . C . Heezen. 1966. Sediments o f t h e Caicos Outer Ridge, t h e Bahamas. Geol. Soc. h e r . Bul l . 77: 1381-1398.

Sha rp l e s , S. P. 1883. Turks I s l a n d and t h e guano caves o f t h e Caicos I s l a n d s . Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. H i s t . 22: 242-252.

Smith, Hosay. (undated b u t appeared i n 1968). A h i s t o r y of t h e Turks and Cajcos I s l a n d s . Publ ished p r i v a t e l y . Hamilton, Bermuda.

S t a f f o r d , J . L . , R . K . H i l l , and E . L . Demontaigne. 1955. M i c r o f i l i a r i - ' a s i s i n t h e Turks I s l a n d s . W . I . Med. J. 4: 183-187.

Verhoog, P i e t e r . 1954. Columbus landed o n c a i c o s . Proc. U. S . Naval I n s t . 80: 1101-1111.

Watkins, F . H . 1908. Report on t h e sal t i n d u s t r y . Colonial Rept. - Misc. No. 56. Turks and Caicos I s l a n d s . London.

W . NOVELS AND OTHER STORIES WITH MENTION

OF NATURAL HISTORY

B e l l , Major H . MacLachlan. 1934. I s l e s of June. Williams and Norgate. London. 226 pp.

Bothwell, J ean . 1965. By s a i l and wind: t h e s t o r y o f t h e Bahamas. Abelard-Schuman. London. 152 pp.

Bruce, P e t e r Henry. 1949. Bahamian I n t e r l u d e . Richard Kent, ed. J . Culmer. London.

Burns, A . C . 1949. Colonial c i v i l s e r v a n t . Allen and Unwin. London. 339 pp.

Cottman, Evans W . 1963 (with Wyatt Blassingame). Out-Is land Doctor. E . P . Dutton and Co., Inc . New York, N . Y . 248 pp.

Cowles, E . 1932. Sand-h i l l s and mountains; memoirs o f a c i v i l s e r v a n t . A . H . Stockwell . London. 158 pp.

Def r i e s , Amelia Dorothy. 1917. I n a f o r g o t t e n colony. Nassau Guardian. Nassau. 278 pp.

---------- 1929. The For tuna te I s l a n d . Cec i l Palmer. London.

Forbes, Ros i t a . 1939. A un icorn i n t h e Bahamas. Herbert Jenkins . London. 244 pp.

Ford, L e s l i e . 1952. The Bahamas murder ca se . Co l l i n s . London.

Hains, T. J enk ins . 1908. Bahama B i l l . L . C . Page and Co. Boston. 368 pp .

Hayes, Nelson. 1940. Dildo Cay. Houghton M i f f l i n Co. Boston. 329 pp.

---------- 1961. The roof o f t he .wind . Doubleday. Garden C i ty , N . Y . 216 pp. Reprinted 1962. Redman Co. London.

Helweg-Larsen, Kje ld . 1963. Columbus never came. J a r r o l d s . London. 240 pp.

---------- 1967. P i eces o f Pa rad i se . J a r r o l d s . London. 184 pp.

---------- 1970. Arawaks and a s t r o n a u t s : twenty yea r s on Eleuthera . J a r r o l d s . London. 192 pp.

Hemingway, E rnes t . 1952. Old man and t h e s e a . Scr ibners Sons. N e w York, N . Y . 140 pp.

Hemingway, Ernes t . 1970. Is lands i n the stream. Scr ibners Sons. New York, N . Y . 466 pp.

Langton-Jones, Ronald. 1944. S i l e n t s e n t i n a l s . (On l ighthouses) . Frederick Muller. London. 332 pp.

LeGallienne, Richard. 1918. Pieces o f e i g h t : being t h e au then t i c n a r r a t i v e of a t r easure discovered i n t h e Bahama Is lands i n the year 1903 - now f i r s t given t o t h e publ ic . Doubleday, Page and Co., Garden Ci ty , N . Y . 333 pp.

Lester , George. 1897. In sunny i s l e s : chapters t r e a t i n g c h i e f l y o f t h e Bahama Is lands and Cuba. Charles H. Kelly. London. 144 pp.

Lorraine, Adela de. 1827. Le t t e r s from t h e Bahama I s l ands . H. C . Carey and I . Lea. Philadelphia. 207' pp.

McKenna, Stephen. 1923. By in te rven t ion of Providence. L i t t l e , Brown and Co. Boston. 298 pp.

North, Lionel. 1910. Off Elbow Light; a s t o r y of adventure i n t h e Bahamas. Charles H. Kelly. London. 248 pp.

Northcroft , George J. H . 1902. Sketches of Summerland - some account of Nassau and the Bahama I s l ands . Nassau Guardian. Nassau. 309 pp.

Pa ludan- f i l l e r , Frederick. 1867. The fountain of youth. (Translated from the Danish by Humphrey William Freeland). Macmillan and Co. London. 14 7 pp .

Powles, L. D. 1888. Land of t h e pink Pear l . (or r e c o l l e c t i o n s of l i f e i n t h e Bahamas). Sampson Low, Marston, Sea r l e , and Rivington. London. 32 1 pp .

Rost, Leo. 1973. The conch e a t e r s . Wollstonecraft , Inc. Los Angeles, Ca l i fo rn ia . 266 pp.

Slack, Jack. 1968. Finders l o s e r s . Hutchinson. London. 174 pp.

Weigh, Audrey. 1970. Bahama adventure. Abelard-Schuman. London. 172 pp.

Wilder, Robert Inger so l l . 1964. Wind from t h e Carolinas. W . H . Allen. London. 639 pp.

Young, Ever i id , 1966. Eleuthera: t h e i s l and c a l l e d "Freedom." Regency Press . London. 181 pp.

X . INDUSTRIES BASED ON NATURAL RESOURCES

Anonymous. 1836a. (On the s a l t ponds a t East Caicos). J. Bahama Soc. Diff . Knowl. No. 17: 182-183.

---------- 1836b. Bleaching of sponge. J. Bahama Soc. Dif f . Knowl. No. 16: 174.

---------- 1859. Turk's Is land. S a l t exported. J . h e r . Geogr. S t a t . Soc. (N.Y.) 1: 123.

---------- 1906. Canning pine-apples i n the Bahamas. W.I. Bull . 7: 180-181.

---------- 1917. Sponge f i s h i n g i n the Bahamas. Geogr. Rev. 3: 324.

---------- 1961. Wire-quarried bui ld ing stones i n the Bahamas. Quarry Managers J . (London) 45: 14.

---------- 1968. S a l t , e a s t coas t s o l a r source. Chem. Engin. News 56: 19-20.

---------- 1970. Aragonite mining firm bui ld ing Bahamas Is land. Ocean Ind. 5 : 66.

Bounds, John Howard. 1972. I n d u s t r i a l i z a t i o n of the Bahamas. Rev. Geogrgfica ( ~ e ' x . ) No. 77: 95-113.

Francis , Carl ton E . 1967. Bahamas show commercial muscle. New Common- wealth 45 (4): 142-143.

Hamilton, William. 1836. On the manufacture of sugar from beet roo t . J . Bahama Soc. Diff . Knowl. No. 18: 187-192.

Hornburg, C. D . and A. W . Saa r ine r . 1971. Bahamas on a s a l t f r e e d i e t . Water and Wastes Engin. 8: 32-34.

Mil ler , Daniel Newton, Jr. 1961. Early d iagenet ic dolomite associa ted with s a l t ex t rac t ion process, Inagua, Bahamas. J. Sed. P e t r o l . 31: 473-476.

Newbitt, C . R . 1854. Vegetable f i b r e s of the Bahamas. J. Bot. 6: 237-241.

Northrop, John I . 1891. Cul t iva t ion of s i s a l i n the Bahamas. Popular S c i . Monthly 38: 606-619. (Reprinted i n : John I . Northrop. 1910. A n a t u r a l i s t i n the Bahamas. ~ e m o r i a l v o l u m e . Columbia Univ. Press . New York, N . Y . pp. 212-224).

Preston, George. 1890. Reports on the f i b r e indus t r i e s of Yucatan and the Bahamas. Eyre and Spottiswoode. London. 28 pp. Also Great B r i t a i n Colonial Office. Ann. Ser. No. 85. Parliamentary Papers 48. 1890.

Rae, James McClure. 1891. Report on the f i b r e indus t ry i n t h e Bahamas. Nassau Guardian. Nassau. 17 pp.

Roberts, E . , ed . 1967. Land i n t h e Bahamas. Which (Feb.): 36-41.

Roman, E r l . 1958. Tournaments can a i d sc ience (Bahamas I n t e r n a t i o n a l Tuna Match) Sea F ron t i e r s 4 (3) : 164-170.

---------- 1957. The In te rna t iona l Game Fish Conference. Sea F ron t i e r s 3 (1) : 48-57.

Rowe, George. 1864. The co lon ia l empire of Great B r i t a i n , considered . c h i e f l y with reference t o i t s phys ica l geography and i n d u s t r i a l productions. The A t l a n t i c group. Chr i s t i an Knowledge Socie ty . London.

Stephens, William M . 1969. Biminils concrete wreck. Oceans Mag. 2: 20-27.

Stubbs, G . C . and A. C . Langlois. 1954. Water supply o f Nassau, Bahamas. J . h e r . Water Works Assn. 46: 220-230.

T r i v i z , P . F. 1968. Bahamas s i t e of new r e f i n e r y . Sugar y Azucar (New York) 63: 44.

Watkins, F. H . 1908. Report on the s a l t i ndus t ry . Colonial r e p t . - misc. No. 56. Turks and Caicos I s l ands . London.

Anonymous. 1944. A complete s e t of Bahamian s h e l l s , co l l ec ted and c l a s s i f i e d by t h e Bahamas Conchological Socie ty from i t s o r i g i n , March 15th , 1949 t o January l s t , 1944. P r i v a t e l y published, Bahamas Conchological Socie ty . Nassau. 11 pp.

Baker, Frank C o l l i n s . 1903. A p a r t i a l l i s t of the marine molluscs o f San Salvador (Watling I s l a n d ) , Bahamas. Nauti lus 17: 57.

Bartsch, P . 1913. New Mollusks from t h e Bahama I s l ands . Proc. U. S . Nat l . Mus. 46: 107-109 + 3 p l .

---------- 1946. The opercula te land mollusks of t h e family Annulariidae o f t h e I s l and of Hispaniola and the Bahama Archipelago. Bull . U. S. Nat l . Mus. 192: 1-264.

Bendall, Wilfred. 1895. A l i s t of t h e land Mollusca of t h e Is land of New Providence, Bahamas, with an enumeration of t h e species recorded from the o t h e r i s l a n d s . Proc. Malac. Soc. London 1: 292-295.

Bland, Thomas. 1873. On the phys ica l geography o f , and t h e d i s t r i b u t i o n o f t e r r e s t r i a l Mollusca i n , t he Bahama I s l ands . Ann. Lyc. Nat. H i s t . New York. 10: 311-324.

Bland, Thomas. 1861. On t h e geographical d i s t r i b u t i o n of t h e genera and spec ies of land s h e l l s of the West Indian Is lands with a ca ta- logue o f t h e species of each i s l and . Ann. Lyc. Nat. H i s t . New York 7: v-vi + 9-35.

Brown, N.. J . 1886. Notes on the Mollusca of the Bahamas. Concholo- g i s t s ' Exchange (Na tu ra l i s t ) 1 : 12-13.

Clapp, G . H . 1913. Land s h e l l s co l l ec ted on the Bimini Is lands , Gun and Cat Cays, Bahamas. Nauti lus 27: 63-64.

Clench, William J . 1933. Notes and desc r ip t ions of land mollusks from the Bahamas, based mainly upon c o l l e c t i o n s obtained dur ing t h e Utowana expedit ions o f 1932 and 1933. West Indian Mollusks No. 7. Proc. N . Eng. Zool. Club 13: 77-100.

---------- 1934. Notes and desc r ip t ion of new Cerions from Hispaniola and the Bahamas, based mainly upon c o l l e c t i o n s obtained during the Utowana expedit ion of 1934. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. H i s t . 40: 205-218.

---------- 1935. A new species o f Cerion from Long Is land, Bahamas, and a note on Cerion m i l l e r i ( P f e i f f e r ) . Nautilus 49: 49-50.

---------- 1936. A new Cerion from the Bahamas. Nautilus 49: 112-113 + 1 p l .

---------- 1937a. She l l s of Mariguana I s l and with a review of t h e Bahama Hel ic in idae and descr ip t ions o f new Bahama spec ies . Proc. N . Eng. Zool. Club 16: 57-70.

---------- 193%. Descript ions of new land and marine s h e l l s from the Bahama I s l ands . Proc. N . Eng. Zool. Club 16: 17-26.

---------- 1937c: Marine b ivalves from L i t t l e and Great Abaco, Grand Bahama and Eleuthera, Bahama Is lands . Mem. Soc. Cubana H i s t . Nat. 11: 31-42.

---------- 1937d. Three new species of Cerions from Long Island., Bahamas. Nauti lus 51: 19-23.

---------- 1938a. Origin of t h e land and freshwater mollusk fauna o f t h e Bahamas, with a l i s t of species occurring on Cat and L i t t l e 'San Salvador I s l ands . Bull . Mus. Comp. Zool. 80: 481-541.

---------- 1938b. Land and freshwater mollusks o f Grand Bahama and t h e Abaco I s l ands , Bahama I s l ands . Mem. Soc. Cubana H i s t . Nat. 12: 303- 333.

---------- 1940. Land and freshwater mollusks of Long Is land, Bahama I s l ands . Mem. Soc. Cubana H i s t . Nat. 14: 3-17 + 1 p l .

Clench, William J . 1942. Land s h e l l s of the Bimini Is lands , Bahama Is lands . Proc. N . Eng. Zool. Club 19: 53-67.

---------- 1952. Land and freshwater mollusks of Eleuthera Is land, Bahama Is lands . Rev. Soc. Malacologica "Carlos de l a Torre" 8: 97-116 + 2 p l .

---------- 1956. A new Cerion from Bimini, Bahamas (Mollusca). h e r . MUS. NOV. 1794: 1-3.

---------- 1959a. Land and freshwater mollusks o f Great and L i t t l e Inagua, Bahama Is lands . Bull . Mus. Comp. Zool. 121: 29-53 + 1 p l .

---------- 1959b. Origin of t h e land and freshwater molluscs of the Bahamas. Rept. h e r . Malac. Union 1959: 4-5.

---------- 1961. Land and freshwater mollusks of Caicos, Turks, Ragged Is lands and Is lands on the Cay S a l Bank, Bahamas. Occ. Papers on Mollusks 2: 229-259.

---------- 1963. Land and freshwater mollusks o f t h e Crooked Is land group, Bahamas. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 128: 395-413 + 3 p l .

---------- and R . A. McLean. 1936. Marine bivalves co l l ec ted by the Harvard-Bahama Expedition o f 1935. Mem. Soc. Cubana H i s t . Nat. 10: 157-168.

Corgan, James X . 1969. Pleistocene marine molluscan faunules from the L i t t l e Bahama Bank (abs t . ) . Tennessee Acad. Sc i . J . 44: 49.

Dall , W . H . 1894. Cruise of t h e steam yacht "Wild Duck" i n the Bahamas, Jan . t o Apri l 1893, i n charge of Alexander Agassiz. 11. Notes on the s h e l l s co l l ec ted from the shores of t h e Great Lagoon, Watling Is land, Bahamas. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 25: 113-123.

---------- 1896. The Mollusks and Brachyiopods o f the Bahama Expedition o f t h e S t a t e Universi ty o f Iowa. Bull. Lab. Nat . H i s t . S t a t e Univ. Iowa 4: 12-21.

---------- 1900. A new species o f Cerion (Cerion s tevensoni i ) . Nautilus 14: 65.

---------- 1905a. Report on the land and f r e s h water s h e l l s co l l ec ted i n t h e Bahamas i n 1904, by M r . Owen Bryant and others . Smithsonian Misc. Col l . 47, p a r t 4: 433-452 + p l . 48-49.

---------- 1905b. Foss i l s of the Bahama Is lands , with a l is t o f t h e non- marine mollusks. i n : Shattuck, George Burbank. The Bahama Is lands . Geographical s o c i e t y o f Baltimore. Johns Hopkins Press. Baltimore, Maryland. pp. 23-47.

Dall, W. H . 1910. L i s t of s h e l l s collected by D r . John I . Northrop i n the Bahamas, iden t i f i ed by Professor W i l l i a m Healey Gall, Smith.- sonian In s t i t u t i on . in : John I . Northrop. 1910. A n a t u r a l i s t i n the Bahamas . ~ e m o r i aTvolume. Columbia Univ . Press. New York , N. Y . pp. 99-102.

DVAsaro, Charles N. 1965. Organogenesis, Development, and metamorphosis i n the queen conch, Strombus gigas, with notes on breeding habi ts . Bull. Mar. Sci . 15: 359-416.

---------- 1970. Egg capsules of prosobranch mollusks from South Florida and the Bahamas and notes on spawning i n the laboratory. Bull. Mar. Sc i . 20: 414-440.

Doran, E . B. 1958. The Caicos conch trade. Geogr. Rev. 48: 388-401.

Durrell, Z O ~ C . 1972. The innocent is land - Abaco i n the Bahamas. Durrell Publications. Distributed by Stephen Greene Press. Brattleboro, Vermont. 157 pp.

Emery, D. L. 1924. Collecting i n southern Florida, the Bahamas, and Cuba. Nautilus 38: 56-62.

Hebard, Edgar B. 1967. Pleistocene mollusks from New Providence Island, Bahamas. Nautilus 81: 41-44.

Henderson, J . B. 1901. Land s h e l l s of Fortune Island, Bahamas. Nautilus 15: 85-86.

---------- and G. H. Clapp. 1913. Cerion (Strophiops) Biminiense, sp. nov. Nautilus 27: 64-65.

Hjalmarson, J. and L. P fe i f fe r . 1858. Beitrxge zur Fauna von Westindien. Malak. B l z t t . 5: 135-155 + 2 p l .

Jacobson, Marris K . 1965. On some land shel ' ls of Eleuthera, Bahamas. Nautilus 78: 120-125.

Krebs, Henry. 1867. Catalogue of marine mollusks col lected i n the Bahama Islands i n November 1866. Ann. Lyc. Nat. H i s t . N. Y. 8: 427-431.

L i t t l e , Colin. 1965. Notes on the anatomy of t he queen conch, Strombus gigas. Bull. Mar. Sci . 15: 338-358.

McGinty, Paul L. and Thomas McGinty. 1948. The Pioneer - Bahama expedition--May, June 1947. Mollusca 2: 40-55.

McGinty, Thomas L. 1948. A repor t on the Mollusca col lected by the Pioneer Bahama expedition. Molluscp 2: 56-69.

McLean, R . A. 1936. Some marine b iva lves from t h e Bahama I s l ands . Nauti lus 49: 116-119.

Maynard, Charles Johnson. 1889-1896. Monograph o f t h e genus S t roph ia , a group o f t r o p i c a l and sub- t rop ica l land s h e l l s . Contr. S c i . 1: 1-29; 69-79; 125-135; 188-197; 2: 107-191; 3: 1-40.

---------- 1924. Supplement t o f a l l catalogue o f Cerionidae with desc r ip t ions o f new spec ies c o l l e c t e d i n the Bahama Is lands i n summer o f 1924. West Newton, Massachusetts. P r i v a t e l y published. 6 PP-

Mayr, Erns t and Carmela B e r r i t t o Rosen. 1956. ~ e o g r a p h i c v a r i a t i o n and hybr id iza t ion i n populat ions of Bahama s n a i l s (Cerion) . . h e r . Mus. Nov. 1806: 1-48.

Moulding, Mary Baker. 1967. S h e l l s a t our f e e t . An in t roduc t ion t o s h e l l i n g i n t h e Bahamas. Sea Scapers. Chicago, I l l i n o i s . 102 pp.

Parodiz, J . J . 1957. New records o f freshwater gastropods from the Bahama I s l a n d s . Ann. Carnegie Mus. 35: 1-9.

P f e i f f e r , L . 1867. Drei neue West Indische Pneumonospomen. Malak. B l g t t . 14: 165-166.

P i l s b r y , H . A . 1898. Land s h e l l s of Gun Cay, Bahamas. Nauti lus 12: 26-27.

- - - - - - - - - - 1931. L i s t o f land and fresh-water mollusks co l l ec ted on Andros, Bahamas. Proc. Ph i l a . Acad. Nat. S c i . f o r 1930. 82: 297-302.

- - - - - - - - - - and M . Black*. 1931. Cerions of Andros, Bahamas. Proc. P h i l a . Acad. Nat. S c i . 82: 289-296.

---------- and C . N . Grimshaw. 1936. Oxystyla undata undata i n F lo r ida . Nauti lus 50: 19-20.

P l a t e , L . 1907. Die V a r i a b i l i t a t und d i e Artbildung nach dem P r i n s i p geographischer Formenkelten b e i den Cerion-Landschnecken d e r Bahama- Inse ln . Arch. f c r Rassen und Gesel lschafts-Biologie 4: 433-475; 581-614 + 5 p l .

Randall, John E . 1964a. Contr ibut ions t o t h e biology of t h e queen conch, Strombus gigas. Bull . Mar. Sc i . Gulf Carib. 14: 246-295.

---------- 1964b. The h a b i t s o f t h e queen conch. Sea F ron t i e r s 10: 230-239.

Richards, Horace Gardiner. 1954. P le is tocene mollusks from Andros I s l and , Bahamas. Nautilus 67: 120-121.

Robertson, Robert. 1959a. Observat ions on t h e spawn and v e l i g e r s of conchs (Strombus) i n t h e Bahamas. Proc. ~ a l a c . Soc. ond don 33: 164-171.

---------- 1959b. The mollusc fauna of Bahamian mangroves. Rept. h e r . Malac. Union 1959: 22-23.

---------- 1959c. Marine mollusks of Bimini, Bahama I s l a n d s . Ph.D. Diss. Harvard Univ. Cambridge, Massachuset ts . 294 pp. + 17 p l .

Simpson, Char les Torrey. 1894. D i s t r i b u t i o n of t h e land and f r e s h - water mollusks o f t h e West Indian Region, and t h e i r evidence wi th regard t o p a s t changes o f land and s e a . Proc. U . S . Na t l . Mus. 17: 423-450.

Smith, Egbert T. 1952. Romance o f s e a s h e l l s , over 100 of t h e most i n t e r e s t i n g F l o r i d a and Bahama s h e l l s and o t h e r specimens of marine l i f e i l l u s t r a t e d and desc r ibed . 3rd ed . Publ ished by t h e au thor . F t . Myers, F l o r i d a . 28 pp.

Vanat ta , E . G . 1919. Polygra p l ana bahamensis Van., n . v a r . Naut i lus 33: 72.

Warmke, G . L . and R . Tucker Abbott. 1962. Caribbean s e a s h e l l s . L iv ings ton Publ. Co. Narberth, Pennsylvania. 348 pp.

Wurtz, Charles B . 1950. Resul t s of t h e Catherwood-Chaplin West Ind ie s Expedi t ion, 1948. IV. Land s n a i 1s o f North Cat Cay (Bahamas) , Cayo Largo (Cuba), Grand Cayman, S a i n t Andrews and Old Providence. Proc. P h i l a . Acad. Nat. S c i . 102: 95-110.

Z . ZOOLOGY, GENERAL AND MISCELLANEOUS INVERTEBRATE

Anonymous. 1917. Sponge f i s h i n g i n t h e Bahamas. Geogr. Rev. 3: 324.

Agassiz , Alexander. 1888.- Three c r u i s e s of t h e United S t a t e s Coast and Geodetic Survey Steamer "Blake." Vol. 1-Chapter 5 : Rela t ions of t h e American and West Indian fauna and f l o r a . Bul l . Mus. Comp. ZOO^. 14: 113-124.

Andrew, Warren and Nancy V . Andrew. 1953. Some annel id and Sipuncul id worms of t h e Bimini reg ion . h e r . Mus. Nov. 1617: 1-16.

Bayer, Freder ick M . and E l i s a b e t h Deichmann. 1958. Two new p lexaur id gorgonians from t h e Bahama I s l ands . Bu l l . Mar. S c i . Gulf Carib. 8 : 224-235.

Bollman, Charles H . 1893. Notes upon a c o l l e c t i o n of Myriapods belonging t o t h e U . S . Nat ional Museum. Bul l . U. S . Nat l . Mus. 46: 190-220.

Borror, Arthur C. 1973. Tracheloraphis haloetes, sp.n. (Ciliophora, Gymnostomatida): Description and a key to species of the genus Tracheloraphis. J. Protozool. 20: 554-558.

Brattegard, Torleiv. 1968. Marine biological investigations in the Bahamas. 2. On an association between Acanthopleura granulata (Polyplacophora) and Dynamene spp. (Isopoda) . Sarsia 32 : 11-20.

---------- 1969. Marine biological investigations in the Bahamas. 10. Mysidacea from shallow water in the Bahamas and southern Florida. Part 1. Sarsia 39: 17-106.

---------- 1970a. Marine biological investigations 'in the Bahamas. 11. Mysidacea from shallow water in the Bahamas and southern Florida. Part 2. Sarsia 41: 1-35.

---------- 1970b. Marine biological investigations in the Bahamas. 13. Leptostraca from shallow water in the Bahamas and southern Florida. Sarsia 44: 1-7.

Brattstrh, Hans. 1968a. Marine biological investigations in the Bahamas. 1. The cruise in 1967, general report. Sarsia 32: 1-9.

---------- 1968b. Marine biological investigations in the Bahamas. 6. The cruise in 1968, general report. Sarsia 35: 1-8.

Cairns, J., Jr. and J. A. Ruthven. 1972. A test of the cosm~poli~an distribution of fresh-water protozoans. Hydrobiologia 39: 405-427.

Carter, Howard P. 1972. Infraciliature of eleven species of the genus Eu~lotes. Trans. Amer. Micro. Soc. 91: 466-492.

Chamberlain, Ralph V. 1918. The Chilopoda and Diplopoda of the West Indies. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 62: 151-262.

---------- 1952. The centipeds (Chilopoda) of South Bimini, Bahama Islands, British West Indies. Amer. Mus. Nov. 1576: 1-8.

Chappuis, P. A. and C. D. Deboutteville. 1956. Etudes sur la faune inters titiel le des I1 es Bahamas r6col t6e par Madame Renaud-Debyser . I,. ~op6~odes et Isopodes. Vie et Milieu 7: 373-396.

Clarke, William D. 1955. A new species of the genus Heteromysis (Crustacea, Mysidacea) from the Bahama Islands, commensal with a sea-anemone. Amer. Mus. Nov. 1716: 1-13.

Cla~kson, M. J. and L. N. Owen. 1959. The parasites of domestic animals in the Bahama Islands. Ann. Trop. Med. Parasit. 53: 341-346.

Couch, John A. 1973. Ultrastructural and protargol studies of ~agenophrys callinectes (Ciliophora, Peritrichida) . J. Protozool . 20: 638-647.

Craig, G . Y . 1967. popula t ions of 75: 34-45.

Dana, J. D. 1872.

Size-frequency d i s t r i b u t i o n s of l i v i n g and dead pelecypods from Bimini, Bahamas, B.W.I. J. Geol.

Corals and c o r a l i s l a n d s . Dodd, Mead and Co. New York, N . Y . 440 pp. (Later e d i t i o n s : 1874, 1890).

Darl ington, P h i l i p Jackson, Jr. 1938. The o r i g i n of t h e fauna o f t h e Grea ter A n t i l l e s , wi th d i scuss ion of d i s p e r s a l o f animals over water and through t h e a i r . Quart. Rev. Biol . 13: 274-300.

Debout tev i l le , C . D. 1956. Etudes s u r l a faune i n t e r s t i t i e l l e des I l e s Bahamas re'colte'e pa r Madame Renaud-Debyser. 11. Un' nouveau coelem- bole margin. Vie e t Mil ieu 7: 397-399.

Deflandre, Georges. 1964. Sur l e sens du d6veJoppement, cen t r i fuge ou c e n t r i p s t e , des 616ments de l a coque des Radio la i res S p h a e r e l l a i r e s . Acad. Sc i . Compte Rendus 259: 2117-2119.

Deichrnann, E l i sabe th . 1957. The l i t t o r a l holo thur ians of t h e Bahama I s l ands . Amer. Mus. Nov. 1821: 1-20.

Edwards, C . L . 1891. Beschreibung e i n i g e r neuen Copopoden und e i n e s neuen copepodenzhnlichen Krebses Leuckar te l la paradoxa. Arch. Naturgesch. 57: 75-104. (Reprinted and published s e p a r a t e l y a s Inaugural-Diss . Univ. Leipzig 1-33).

Fleminger, A. and Engchow Tan. 1966. The Labidocera m i r a b i l i s spec ie s group (Copepoda, Calanoida) with d e s c r i p t i o n of a new Bahamian - -

s p e c i e s . Crustaceana 11: 291-301.

Forbes, M. L. 1971. Hab i t a t s and s u b s t r a t e s of Ost rea f r o n s , and d i s t i n - guishing f e a t u r e s o f e a r l y s p a t . Bull . Mar. S c i . 21: 613-625.

Fosshagen, Audun. 1968a. Marine b i o l o g i c a l i n v e s t i g a t i o n s i n the Bahamas. 4 . Pseudocyclopidae (Copepoda, Calanoida) from t h e Bahamas. S a r s i a 32: 39-62.

---------- 1968b. Marine b i o l o g i c a l i n v e s t i g a t i o n s i n t h e Bahamas. 8. Bottom-living A r i e t e l l i d a e (Copepoda, Calanoida) from t h e Bahamas wi th remarks on Paramisophria c l u t h a e T. S c o t t . S a r s i a 35: 57-64.

---------- 1970a. Marine b i o l o g i c a l i n v e s t i g a t i o n s i n t h e Bahamas. 12. Stephidae (Copepoda, Calanoida) from t h e Bahamas, with remarks on Stephos s inua tus Willey and S. a r c t i c u s Sar . S a r s i a 41: 37-48. -

---------- 1970b. Marine biologica1.investigations i n t h e Bahamas. 15. Ridgewayia (Copepoda, Calanoida) and two new genera of ca lanoids from t h e Bahamas. S a r s i a 44: 25-58.

Herrnkind, W . F. and R . McLean. 1971. F i e l d s t u d i e s of homing, mass emigrat ion, and o r i e n t a t i o n i n the sp iny l o b s t e r , Panul i rus a rgus . N . Y . Acad. S c i . Ann. 188 : 359-377.

Hjalmarson, J . and L. P f e i f f e r . 1858. ~ e i t r g g e zur Fauna von Westindien. Malak. ~ l g t t . 5: 135-155 + 2 p l .

Humes, Arthur G . 1969. Aspidomolgus s t o i c h a c t i n u s , n . gen., n . sp . (Copepoda, Cyclopoida) a s soc ia t ed wi th an a c t i n i a r i a n i n the West Ind ie s . Crustaceana 16: 225-242.

---------- and Ju-Shey Ho. 1970. The genus Diogenidium (Copepoda, Cyclopoida) p a r a s i t i c i n Holothurians i n t h e West Ind ie s . Crustaceana 20: 171-191.

Hyman, Libbie H . 1963. Notes on a didymozoid trematode from t h e Bahama I s l ands . Bul l . Mar. S c i . Gulf Carib. 13: 193-196.

I l l i n g , M . A . 1950. The mechanical d i s t r i b u t i o n o f r ecen t Foraminifera i n Bahama Banks sediments. Ann. Mag. Nat. H i s t . 12 th Se r . 3: 757-761.

---------- 1952. D i s t r i b u t i o n o f c e r t a i n Foraminifera wi th t h e L i t t o r a l Zone on the Bahama Banks. Ann. Mag. Nat. H i s t . 5: 275-285.

Jones, J . I . and W . D. Bock. 1963. Trace element d i s t r i b u t i o n i n some l i v i n g and f o s s i l Foraminifera from south F lo r ida , Bahamian, and Caribbean waters . Geol. Soc. Amer. Ann. Meeting 1963. Program 88A.

King, Wayne. 1962. The occurrence of r a f t s f o r d i s p e r s a l of land an i - mals i n t o the West Ind ie s . Quar t . J . F lo r ida Acad. Sc i . 25: 45-52.

K i r s t eue r , E r n s t . 1969a. On some spec ie s o f Gnathostomulida from Bimini, Bahama. Amer. Mus. Nov. 2356: 1-2.

---------- 1969b. N e r i l l a d i g i t a t a Wieger (Archiannelida) von Bimini , Bahamas, B . W . I . Zool. Anzeiger 182: 212-216.

Kornicker, Louis S . l958a. Ecology and taxonomy o f r ecen t marine os t racodes i n the Bimini a r e a , Great Bahama Bank. Texas Univ. I n s t . Mar. S c i . Publ. 5 : 194-300.

---------- 1958b. Ecology and taxonomy of r ecen t marine os t racodes i n the Bimini a rea , Great Bahama Bank. Ph.D. Diss. Columbia Univ. New York, N . Y .

. - - - ------ 1959. D i s t r i b u t i o n o f t h e os t racod-suborder . Cladocopa and a new spec ie s from t h e Bahamas. Micropaleontology 5 : 69-75.

---------- 1963. Ecology and c l a s s i f i c a t i o n of Bahamian Cy the re l l i dae (Ostracoda). Micropaleontology 9: 61-71.

Kornicker, Louis S . 1964. Ecology of the Ostracoda i n t h e northwestern p a r t of the Great Bahama Bank. Publ. S taz . Zool. Napoli 33 ( supp l . ) : 345-360.

- - - - - - - - - - 1967. Supplementary desc r ip t ion of the myodocopid os t racod Euphilomedes mul t ichela ta from the Great Bahama Bank. U. S . Nat l . Mus. Proc. 120 (3566) : 1-16.

Kramp, P . L . 1970. Marine b io log ica l inves t iga t ions i n the Bahamas. 16. Some Medusae from t h e Bahamas. S a r s i a 44: 59-68.

Laubenfels, M . W . de . 1949. Sponges of the western Bahamas. h e r . Mus. Nov. 1431: 1-25.

- - - - - - - - - - 1958. The taxonomy of American commercial sponges. Bul l . Mar. S c i . Gulf Carib. 8: 99-117.

Leam, G . and I . E . Walker. 1963. The occurrence of Platynosomum fastosum i n domestic c a t s i n t h e Bahamas. Vet. Rec. 72: 46-47.

Loomis, H . F . 1934. Mil l ipeds of t h e West Indies and Guiana c o l l e c t e d by the Al l i son V. Armour Expedition i n 1932. Smithsonian Misc. Co l l . 89 (14): 1-69.

McMurrich, J . P l a y f a i r . 1889. The A c t i n i a r i a of t h e Bahama I s l ands , W.I. J . Morphology 3: 1-80.

---------- 1896. Notes on some Ac t in ia r i ans from t h e Bahama I s l ands , c o l l e c t e d by t h e l a t e D r . J . I . Northrop. Ann. N . Y . Acad. S c i . 9: 181-194. (Reprinted i n : John I . Northrop. 1910. A n a t u r a l i s t i n t h e Bahamas. ~ e m o r i a r ~ o l u m e . Columbia Univ. Press . New York, N . Y . pp. 103-117) .

Manning, Raymond B . 1963. The occurrence of Pachygrapsus corrugatus (Von Martens) (Decapoda, Grapsidae) i n the Bahamas. Crustaceana 5 : 159-160.

Mayer, Alfred Goldsborough. 1894. Cruise of t h e steam yacht "Wild Duck" i n t h e Bahamas, January t o Apri l 1893 i n charge of Alexander Agassiz. 111. An account of some Medusae o b t a i n e d . i n t h e Bahamas. Bul l . Mus. Comp. Zool. 25: 235-242 + 3 p l .

---------- 1904. Medusae of t h e Bahamas. Mem. Nat. S c i . Mus. Brooklyn I n s t . A r t s and S c i . 1 : 1-33.

Maynard, Charles Johnson. 1893. Notes on some West Indian s e a urchins . Contr. S c i . 2 : 38-47.

Mi l l e r , Milton A . 1968. Isopoda and Tanaidacea from buoys i n coas ta l waters of con t inen ta l United S t a t e s , Hawaii, and Bahamas (Crustacea) . U . S . Nat l . Mus. Proc. 125 (3652): 53 pp.

M i n e r , RO Waldo. 1924. Hunting cora l s i n the Bahamas. Nat. H i s t . 24: g94-601.

---------- 1925. The ree f bu i lde r s of the t r o p i c seas . Nat. H i s t . 25: 250-260.

---------- 1931. Forty tons o f cora l . Nat. H i s t . 34: 374-387.

---------- 1933.. Diving i n cora l gardens. Nat. H i s t . 33: 461-476. ( a l so published asAm. Mus. Nat. H i s t . guide l e a f l e t s e r . No. 80).

---------- 1934. Coral c a s t l e bui lders of t r o p i c seas . Natl . Geog. Mag. 65: 703-728.

---------- and J . E . Williamson. 1924. The cora l gardens of Andros: photographed through the Williamson submarine tube. Nat. H i s t . 24 (5) : 9 p l . (unnumbered) .

Moore, H . B . and D. L . OtBerry. 1957. Plankton of t h e Flor ida Current. I V . Factors influencing the v e r t i c a l d i s t r i b u t i o n o f some common copep0.d~. Bull. Mar. Sc i . Gulf Carib. 7: 297-315.

N i g r e l l i , R . F . and S. Jakowska. 1960. Ef fec t s of Holothurin, a s t e r o i d saponin from t h e Bahamian sea cucumber (Actinopyga agass i z i ) , on various b io log ica l systems. Ann. N. Y . Acad. Sc i . 90: 884-892.

Northcroft , George J . H . 1902. Sketches o f Summerland - giving some account of Nassau and t h e Bahama. Is lands . Nassau Guardian. Nassau. 309 pp. Chapter 12-Corals, s h e l l s , and f i s h e s . pp. 123-138; chapter 13. Fauna. pp. 139-151.

Pearse, A. S. 1950. Notes on the inhab i t an t s o f c e r t a i n sponges a t Bimini. Ecology 31: 149-151.

---------- 1951. P a r a s i t i c crustacea from Bimini, Bahamas. Proc. U . S. Natl . Mus. 101: 341-372.

P h i l l i p s , Craig and Winifred H . Brady. 1953. Sea pes t s : poisonous o r harmful sea l i f e of Flor ida and the West Indies . Mar. Lab. Univ. Miami Publ. 78 pp.

Pol loni , P . T., G . T. Rowe, and J. M. Teal. 1973. Biremis b landi (Polychaeta: Terebel l idae) , a new genus, new species , caught by D. S . R. "Alvintt i n t h e Tongue of the Ocean, New Providence, Bahamas. Mar. Biol . (Berl.) 20: 170-175.

Prudhoe, Stephen. 1949. Some roundworms and flatworms from t h e West Indies and Surinam. I V . J . Linnaean Soc. London, Zool. 41: 420-433.

Rankin, W . M. 1898. The Northrop co l l ec t ion of Crustacea from t h e Bahamas. Ann. N. Y . Acad. Sc i . 11: 225-258. (Reprinted i n : John I . Northrop . 191 0. A n a t u r a l i s t i n the Bahamas. Memorial Volume. Columbia Univ. Press. New York, N . Y . pp. 69-98.

Rathbun, Mary J . 1898. The Brachyura of t h e b io log ica l expedit ion t o the Flor ida Keys and t h e Bahamas i n 1893. Lab. Nat. H i s t . Univ. Iowa Bull . 4: 250-294.

Rausch, James P . 1972. Survey of marine l i f e . College Center of the Finger Lakes. Corning, N . Y . 53 pp.

---------- 1973. Marine zoology. A manual prepared f o r use, on San Salvador Is land, Bahamas. 2 vol . College Center of t h e Finger Lakes. Corning, N. Y . Vol. 1-147 pp.; Vol. 2-167 pp.

Renaud, Jeanne (a lso a s Jeanne Renaud-Debyser). 1955. Sur l l e x i s t e n c e e t l e s c a r a c t h e s ggngraux d'une faune i n t e r s t i t i e l l e des sab les c o r a l l i e n s t ropicaux (Tle de Bimini, Bahamas.). C. R. Acad. Sc i . (Par is ) 261: 256-257.

---------- 1956. A r epor t on some polychaetous annel ids from the Miami- Bimini a rea . h e r . Mus. Nov. 1812: 1-40.

---------- 1959. Etudes s u r l a faune i n t e r s t i t i e l l e des Pies Bahamas. 111. Tardigrades. Vie e t Mil ieu 10: 296-302.

Rosen, N i l s . 1911. Contribution t o the fauna of t h e Bahamas. I . A general account of t h e fauna with remarks on the physiography o f t h e i s l a n d s . 11: The r e p t i l e s . 111. The f i s h e s . Lunds Univ. k s k . N.F. Afd. 2, Bd. 7: 3-72. (Acta Univ. Lundensis, nova s e r i e s ) .

Saloman, Carl H . , Donald M . Allen, and Thomas J. Coste l lo . 1968. Dis t r ibu t ion of t h r e e spec ies o f shrimp (genus Penaeus) i n waters contiguous t o southern Flor ida . Bull. Mar. S c i . 18: 343-350.

Smith, C . Lavett . 1966. Descending the Andros Reef. Nat. H i s t . 75 (8) : 38-43.

Smith, F. Walton. 1948. A t l a n t i c r e e f c o r a l s . Univ. Miami Press . Coral Gables, F lor ida . 111 pp. + 41 p l .

Sparks, Albert K . 1957. Some diagenet ic trematodes o f marine f i s h e s of the Bahama Is lands . Bull . Mar. S c i . Gulf Carib. 7: 255-265.

Squires, D . F. 1958. Stony cora l s from the v i c i n i t y of Bimini, Bahamas, B r i t i s h West Indies . h e r . Mus. Nat. Hist:Bull. 115: 217-262.

Stock, J . H . 1968. Copepoda endoparas i t ic of t r o p i c a l Holothurians. Bull . Zool. Mus. Univ. Amsterdam 1: 89-105.

---------- , Arthur G . Humes, and Richard V. Gooding. 1963. Copepoda associa ted with West Indian inver t eb ra tes - I V . The genera O c t o ~ i c o l " Pseudanthessius, and Meomicola (Cyclopoida, Lichomolgidae). Stud. Fauna Curacao 18 : 1- 74. ( U i t ~ a v e n l t~aturwelenschappel j i k e Studiek- r i n g voor Suriname en de NedeElandse Ant i l len" No.-34):

S t r e e t e r , Stephen. 1964. Foraminifera i n t h e sediments of t h e northwestern Great Bahama Bank ( a b s t . ) . Geol. Soc. Amer. Spec. Paper 76: 160.

Vaughan, Thomas Wayland. 1913. S tud ie s of t h e geology o f t h e Madreporaria of t h e Bahamas and o f southern F lo r ida . Carnegie I n s t . Wash. Yearb. 11: 153-162.

---------- 1915a. The geologic s i g n i f i c a n c e of t h e growth-rate of t h e F lo r id i an and Bahamian shoalwater c o r a l s . Wash. Acad. S c i . J. 5 : 591-600.

---------- 1915b. On r ecen t Madreporaria of F lo r ida , t h e Bahamas and the West Ind ie s and on c o l l e c t i o n s from Murray I s l and , A u s t r a l i a . Carnegie I n s t . Wash. Yearb. 14: 220-231.

---------- 1915c. Reef c o r a l s o f t h e Bahamas and o f southern F lo r ida . Carnegie I n s t . Wash. Yearb. 13: 222-226.

---------- 1916a. Summary o f t h e r e s u l t s of i n v e s t i g a t i o n s of t h e F lo r id i an and Bahaman shoal-water c o r a l s ( abs t .) . Geol. Soc. Amer. Bul l . 27: 154.

---------- 1916b. The r e s u l t s o f i n v e s t i g a t i o n s of t h e ecology of t h e F lo r id i an and Bahaman shoal-water c o r a l s . Natl . Acad. S c i . Proc. 2: 95-100.

V e r r i l l , A . E . 1915. Report on t h e s t a r f i s h e s of t h e West Ind ie s , F lo r ida , and B r a z i l , inc luding those obtained by t h e Bahama Expedi- t i o n from t h e Univers i ty of Iowa i n 1893. S t a t e Univ. Iowa Bull . 7: 1-232.

Voss, G . L . and N. A . Voss. 1960. An eco log ica l survey o f t h e marine i n v e r t e b r a t e s of Bimini, Bahamas, with a cons idera t ion of the zoogeographical r e l a t i o n s h i p . Bu l l . Mar. S c i . Gdlf Carib. 10: 96-116.

Wicklund, Robert. 1968. Some n i g h t observa t ions on marine animals i n the Bahamas. Underw. Nat. 5: 24-27.

Wise, Sherwood, W . Jr. 1971. S h e l l s t r u c t u r e of t he taxodont pelecypod Anadara n o t a b i l i s (Rsding) . Ecologae Geol . Helv. 64: 1-12.

Wygodzinsky, Pedro. 1972. A review of t h e s i l v e r f i s h (Lepismatidae, Thysanura) of t h e United S t a t e s and t h e Caribbean a r e a . h e r . Mus. NOV. 2481: 1-26.

Zahl, Paul A . 1952. Man-of-war f l e e t a t t a c k s Bimini. Nat l . Geog. Mag. 101 : 185-212.

Z e i l l e r , Warren. 1974. Tropica l marine i n v e r t e b r a t e s o f southern F lo r ida and t h e Bahama I s l ands . Wiley-Interscience. New York. 144 pp.

a U, S. GOVERNMENT PRINT,ING OFFICE : 1915 0 - 5'73420

atoll research bulletin - university of...

Documents